Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Итальянский
Русский

general+historical+law

Толкование Перевод

1 law

n

закон, право; законодательство, правовая норма

to abide by the law — соблюдать закон

to abolish / to abrogate a law — отменять закон

to abuse the law — нарушать закон

to acquire force of the law — приобретать силу закона

to act outside the law — поступать незаконно

to act within the law — действовать в рамках закона

to adhere strictly to the law — строго придерживаться закона

to administer law — отправлять / осуществлять правосудие

to adopt a law — принимать / утверждать закон

to alter / to amend a law — вносить поправки в закон

to annul a law — отменять закон

to apply a law — применять закон

to apply the law to the present case — применять закон к данному делу

to be above the law — быть неподсудным / выше закона / над законом

to be against the law — противоречить закону

to be at law with smb — судиться с кем-л.

to be equal before the law — быть равным перед законом

to be exempt from the law — быть неподсудным / неподвластным закону

to be in accordance with the law — отвечать нормам права

to be recognized in international law — получать международно-правовое признание

to be under martial law — быть на военном положении

to become law — становиться законом

to break a law — нарушать / преступать закон

to bring the force of the law against smb — использовать силу закона против кого-л.

to cancel the martial law — отменять военное положение

to comply with law — соблюдать закон

to contradict existing laws — противоречить существующим законам

to contravene a law — нарушать закон; противоречить закону

to decide one's own laws — определять свое собственное законодательство

to declare martial law — вводить военное положение

to defy law — не подчиняться закону, игнорировать закон

to deny the laws of social development — отрицать закономерности общественного развития

to destabilize law and order — дестабилизировать правопорядок

to displace the law — изменять закон

to draw up a law — разрабатывать закон / законопроект

to drop a law — отменять закон

to enact a law — принимать закон

to enact legislation into law — принимать законопроект, придавать законопроекту силу закона

to enforce law — обеспечивать выполнение закона, следить за соблюдением закона

to enhance international law — повышать роль международного права

to ensure law and order — обеспечивать соблюдение правопорядка

to establish nation-wide martial law — вводить в стране военное положение

to except from the operation of a law — изымать из-под действия закона

to execute a law — исполнять закон

to find ways around the law — обходить закон

to flout law — попирать / не выполнять закон

to follow the law — следовать закону

to go beyond the law — совершать противозаконный поступок; обходить закон

to go to the law — обращаться в суд

to guarantee law and order — гарантировать правопорядок

to have the force of a law — иметь силу закона

to hide from law — скрываться от правосудия

to honor the law — уважать / соблюдать закон

to implement a law — выполнять закон; вводить закон в действие

to impose nation-wide martial law — вводить в стране военное положение

to infringe law — нарушать / преступать закон

to institute / to introduce law — вводить закон

to introduce a wartime emergency law — вводить чрезвычайный закон военного времени

to introduce martial law — вводить военное положение

to invoke law — обращаться к закону

to issue a law — обнародовать закон

to keep law and order — соблюдать правопорядок

to keep in with the law — подчиняться закону, не нарушать закон

to keep the law — соблюдать закон

to keep within the law — держаться в рамках / придерживаться закона

to lay down the law — распоряжаться, командовать

to lift martial law — отменять военное положение

to make a law — издавать закон; составлять закон

to monitor application of a law — следить за применением закона

to nourish the rule of law — укреплять власть закона

to observe the law — соблюдать закон

to offend against the law — нарушать закон

to operate a law in practice — применять закон на практике

to override law — не признавать закон, не считаться с законом

to overstep the law — выходить за рамки законности

to overturn a law — отменять закон

to pass a law — принимать / утверждать закон

to place oneself above the law — ставить себя над законом

to practice law — заниматься адвокатурой / юриспруденцией

to proclaim martial law — вводить военное положение

to promote law and public order — укреплять законность и общественный порядок

to promulgate a law — обнародовать закон

to put a law into effect / operation — вводить закон в действие

to put one's proposals into law — включать свои предложения в закон

to read law — изучать право

to reconsider a law — пересматривать закон

to re-draft a law — переделывать закон

to re-establish the rule of law — восстанавливать законность

to reform a law — изменять закон

to relax a law — смягчать закон

to repeal a law — отменять закон

to respect the laws and customs of a country — уважать законы и обычаи страны

to revise a law — пересматривать закон

to rush a law — протаскивать закон ( через парламент)

to scrap a law — отменять закон

to set oneself above the law — ставить себя выше закона

to stay within the law — оставаться в рамках закона

to strike down a law — не утвердить закон ( в Верховном суде США)

to study law — изучать право

to submit oneself to the law — передавать себя в руки закона

to subvert the law — подрывать закон

to suspend a law — приостанавливать действие закона

to take the law in(to) one's own hands — устраивать самосуд

to take the law of smb — привлекать кого-л. к суду

to tighten (up) a law — ужесточать закон

to unmake a law — отменять закон

to uphold the law — отстаивать закон

to use the full force of the law — использовать всю силу закона

to veto a law — налагать вето на закон

to violate a law — нарушать / преступать / попирать закон

to waive a law — не применять закон

- a new law comes into force
- abuse of the law
- according to the law
- active law
- administration of laws
- administrative law
- air law
- ambassadorial law
- amnesty law
- antilabor law
- antipollution law
- antismoking law
- antiterrorist law
- antitrust laws
- application of the law

- banking law
- basic law
- binding in law
- breach of law
- breakdown of law and order
- business law
- by law
- campaign-financing laws
- canon law
- case law
- changes to the electoral law
- child-labor laws
- civil law
- clemency law
- club law
- code of international law

- commercial law
- common law
- company law
- compliance with law
- conflict of interest law
- conflict with the law
- conscription law
- constitutional law
- consular law
- contrary to law
- contrary to military law
- controversial law
- conventional international law
- cosmic law
- court of law
- criminal law
- crown law
- customary law
- definite law
- development of international law
- discriminatory law
- disdain for the law
- disregard of the law
- doctor of law
- domestic law
- draft law
- ecclesiastical law
- economic law
- economic laws of the development of society
- election law
- electoral law
- emergency law
- enforcement of a law
- existent laws
- existing laws
- export control law
- extension of martial law
- extradition law
- family law
- federal laws
- force of law

- freeze on the implementation of the law
- fundamental law
- general international law
- general law
- gun control law
- gun law prevails
- gun law
- humanitarian law
- immigration laws
- in British law
- in conformity with the law
- in law
- in the eyes of the law
- individual labor law
- infringement of the laws
- institutions of international law
- internal law
- internal security laws
- international administrative law
- international humanitarian law
- international law
- international monetary law
- international private law
- international public law
- international trade law
- international treaty law
- interstate commerce laws
- inviolable law
- irreversible law
- Islamic holy laws
- Jim Crow law
- judicial law
- jungle law
- labor laws
- land law
- language law
- law and order

- law comes into force
- law goes through
- law is in force
- law is invalid
- law is subject to yearly review
- law is the law
- law merchant
- law must be upheld
- law of actions
- law of civil procedure
- law of conflicts
- law of contracts
- law of criminal procedure
- law of international trade
- law of nations
- law of nature
- law of property
- law of state responsibility
- law of succession
- law of the land
- law of the sea
- law of treaties
- law of value
- law on leasing
- law on religion
- law on smth
- law provides for
- law should follow its normal course
- laws and customs
- laws and regulations
- laws are being ignored
- laws governing social development
- laws governing the economy
- laws in force
- laws of historical development of society
- laws of honor
- laws restraining the press
- local law
- loop-hole in the law
- Lynch law
- maritime law
- maritime safety law
- martial law is in force
- martial law
- military law
- minions of law
- municipal law
- national law
- natural law
- nature laws
- no-knock search law
- object of international law
- objective economic laws
- objective laws
- observance of the laws
- offence of law
- outer space law
- passage of the law
- penal law
- political law
- power to execute laws
- press law
- principles of law
- private international law
- private law
- property law
- provision in the law
- public international law
- public law
- race law
- racist law
- responsibility under international law

- restoration of the rule of law
- retreat of the law
- right-to-know law
- right-to-work laws
- rules of law
- secession law
- security law
- segregation law
- settled law
- shield laws
- slip law
- source of law
- space law
- state law
- statute law
- strict observance of the law
- subject of international law
- substantive law
- sunset law
- sunshine law
- system of law
- the spirit and the letter of the law
- under an amnesty law
- under local law
- under the law
- under the new law
- universal historical laws
- vagrancy law
- valid in law

- violation of international law

- wage-restraint law
- war-time laws
- within bounds of international law

Politics english-russian dictionary > law
2 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
3 общеисторический закон

general historical law

Русско-английский военный словарь > общеисторический закон
4 общеисторический закон

general historical law

закон о — law on

закон Ома — Ohm's law

по закону — under law

закон Ленца — Lenz law

закон Генри — Henry law

Русско-английский военно-политический словарь > общеисторический закон
5 общеисторический

general historical

общеисторический закон — general historical law

Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > общеисторический
6 Aron, Raymond

перс.

соц. Арон, Раймон (1905-1983; французский социолог и политолог, внес вклад в развитие социологической теории, политической социологии и социологии современных индустриальных обществ, сторонник теории конвергенции, т. е. ослабления идеологического противостояния и сближения различных типов общества)

See:

Peace and War among Nations, convergence 2), industrial society, general balance law, ideology, historical sociology in international relations

Англо-русский экономический словарь > Aron, Raymond
7 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
8 de

prep.

1 of.

el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car

es de ella it's hers

la pata de la mesa the table leg

La casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]

2 from (procedencia, distancia).

salir de casa to leave home

soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao

de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment

3 (made) of (materia).

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup

un reloj de oro a gold watch

4 about (asunto).

hablábamos de ti we were talking about you

libros de historia history books

5 as.

trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman

6 from (time) (since).

trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five

de madrugada early in the morning

a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon

trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day

7 with (causa, modo).

morirse de hambre to die of hunger

llorar de alegría to cry with joy

de una patada with a kick

de una sola vez in one go

de tres en tres three at a time

8 if.

de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday

de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it

9 to.

Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.

f.

1 letter d.

2 SD, standard deviation.

3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.

* * *

de

► nombre femenino

1 name of the letter d

————————

de

► preposición

1 (posesión, pertenencia) of

■ el libro de Juan Juan's book

■ el coche de mis padres my parents' car

■ el hermano de mi padre my father's brother

■ la mesa de mi habitación the table in my bedroom

2 (procedencia, origen) from

■ soy de Córdoba I'm from Córdoba

■ viene de Barcelona she comes from Barcelona

3 (descripción) with

■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl

■ el señor del abrigo azul the man in the blue coat

4 (tema) of, on, about

■ hablaron del tiempo they talked about the weather

5 (materia) made of, of

■ una mesa de madera a wooden table

■ un anillo de oro a gold ring

■ lo hicieron de plástico they made it out of plastic

6 (contenido) of

■ un vaso de agua a glass of water

7 (uso) for

■ aguja de calcetar knitting needle

■ gallo de pelea fighting cock

8 (oficio) by, as

■ trabaja de profesor he works as a teacher

■ es médico de profesión he's a doctor by profession

9 (modo) on, in, as

■ de pie standing up

■ estar de moda to be in fashion

10 (tiempo) at, by, in

■ de día by day, during the day

■ de noche at night

■ a las diez de la mañana at ten in the morning

11 (lugar) varias traducciones

■ la vecina de arriba our upstairs neighbour

■ el lavabo de abajo the downstairs toilet

■ la ventana de la derecha the window on the right

■ la puerta de la calle the street door

12 (precio) at

■ manzanas de dos euros el kilo apples at two euros a kilo

13 (medida) measuring

■ una botella de dos litros a two litre bottle

■ una mesa de un metro de ancho a metre-wide table

14 (causa) with, because of, of

■ llorar de alegría to cry with joy

■ morir de frío to die of cold

15 (agente) by

■ es una obra de Lope a play by Lope

16 (con superlativo) in, of

■ el mejor de España the best in Spain

■ el mayor de los tres the eldest of the three

17 (suposición) if

■ de haberlo dicho if he had told us

18 (en una aposición) of

■ la ciudad de Barcelona the city of Barcelona Table 1 NOTA See also del/Table 1

* * *

prep.

1) of

2) from

3) in, at

4) than

5) by

* * *

PREPOSITION

1) [relación] of

las calles de Madrid — the streets of Madrid

el alcalde de Valencia — the mayor of Valencia

cabo de Buena Esperanza — Cape of Good Hope

la ciudad de Madrid — the city of Madrid

en el mes de agosto — in the month of August

un libro de consulta — a reference book

un millón de euros — a million euros

la carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia

el interés del préstamo — the interest on the loan

la llave de mi cuarto — the key to my room

en el día de hoy — today

tuvieron la desgracia de perder el partido — they were unlucky enough to lose the match

ya era hora de que vinieses — it's about time you got here

el hecho de que yo no supiera nada — the fact that I didn't know anything about it

2) [pertenencia]

la casa de Isabel — Isabel's house

el coche de mi amigo — my friend's car

un familiar de mi vecina — a relative of my neighbour's

los coches de mis amigos — my friends' cars

el vestuario de las actrices — the actresses' dressing room

la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez

es de ellos — it's theirs

esa contestación es muy de ella — that answer is typical of her

3) [característica, material]

una cadena de oro — a gold chain

no es de oro — it's not gold

una puerta de cristal — a glass door

una cocina de gas — a gas cooker

este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model

ropa de buena calidad — good-quality clothes

un billete de primera clase — a first-class ticket

la niña de pelo largo — the girl with the long hair

ese tío del sombrero — that chap with o in the hat

pintado de rojo — painted red

lo tengo de varios colores distintos — I have it in several different colours

4) [contenido]

una caja de bombones — a box of chocolates

una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass

una bolsita de té — a tea bag

estaba hecha un saco de nervios — she was a bundle of nerves

5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] from

soy de Galicia — I'm from Galicia

Julia no es de aquí — Julia is not from round here

los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best

es de buena familia — he's from a good family

vuelo 507 (procedente) de Londres — flight 507 from London

vive a 20km de Madrid — she lives 20km from Madrid

aléjate del fuego — move away from the fire

marcó un gol a dos minutos del final del partido — he scored two minutes from the end of the match

el tren de Santiago — the Santiago train

el avión pasó a muy poca altura del suelo — the plane flew by at very low altitude

salir del cine — to come out of the cinema
de... a...
vivió de 1898 a 1937 — he lived from 1898 to 1937

de mi casa a la suya hay 5km — it is 5km from my house to his

de mayo a julio — from May to July

del 15 al 30 — from the 15th to the 30th

6) [causa]

murió de viejo — he died from old age

me dolían los pies de tanto andar — my feet were sore from all that walking

de puro cansado — out of sheer tiredness

no podía moverse de miedo — he was rigid with fear

estar loco de alegría — to be wild with joy

saltar de alegría — to jump for joy

7) [manera]

lo derribó de un solo puñetazo — he felled him with a single blow

se puso a mi lado de un salto — he jumped to my side

se lo bebió de un trago — he drank it all down in one go
de... en...
iban entrando de dos en dos — they came in two by two

bajó la escalera de tres en tres — he came down the stairs three at a time

de puerta en puerta — from door to door

8) (=respecto de)

estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better

es fuerte de brazos — he has strong arms

paralizado de las dos piernas — paralysed in both legs

es muy estrecho de hombros — he doesn't have very broad shoulders

9) [tema] about

un libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology

hablaba de política — he was talking about politics

no sé nada de él — I don't know anything about him

una clase de francés — a French class

10) [uso]

máquina de coser — sewing machine

goma de mascar — chewing gum

11) [cantidad, medida, valor]

un chico de quince años — a fifteen-year-old boy

un viaje de dos días — a two-day journey

un embarazo de siete meses — a seven-month pregnancy

una moneda de 5 pesos — a 5-peso coin

tiene un metro de alto — it's a metre high

12) [con horas y fechas]

a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.

son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.

muy de mañana — very early in the morning

el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)

13) [tiempo]

de día — during the day(time)

de noche — at night

de niño — as a child

de mayor voy a ser médico — when I grow up I'm going to be a doctor

14) [proporción]

tres de cada cuatro — three out of every four

15) [uso partitivo] of

uno de nosotros — one of us

comió un poco de pastel — she ate a bit of cake

¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *

16) [autoría] by

un libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's

las películas de Almodóvar — Almodóvar's films

17) [como complemento agente] by

fue amado de todos — he was loved by all

el rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage

tiene dos hijos de su primera mujer — he has two children by his first wife

18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]

el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro

el imbécil de Fernández — that idiot Fernández

es un encanto de persona — he's a lovely person

19) [en comparaciones] than

es más difícil de lo que creía — it's more difficult than I thought

más/menos de siete — more/less than seven

más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people

20) [con superlativos] in

el peor alumno de la clase — the worst pupil in the class

el más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world

es el coche más caro del mercado — it's the dearest car on the market

21) + infin

un problema fácil de resolver — an easily solved problem

un libro agradable de leer — a nice book to read
ser de ({+ infin}8})
es de admirar su lealtad — his loyalty is admirable

es de esperar que recibamos una pronta respuesta — it is to be hoped that we receive a prompt reply

sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information

22) [dependiente de formas verbales]

la acusaban de hipócrita — they accused her of being a hypocrite

colmar de elogios a algn — to shower praise on sb

se dio cuenta de que lo sabía — she realized (that) she knew it

de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...

disfrutar de la vida — to enjoy life

¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?

limpiar algo de polvo — to dust sth

llenar algo de algo — to fill sth with sth

se sirvió de sus amigos para salir de un mal trago — he turned to his friends to help him through a difficult patch

trabaja de camarero — he works as a waiter

lo uso de despensa — I use it as a pantry

vestido de azul — dressed in blue

23) [uso condicional] if

de ser posible — if possible

de haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come

de resultar esto así — if this turns out to be true

de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so

de no — LAm (=si no) otherwise

* * *
I
preposición

Sentido I

1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia — the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis — Luis's birthday

no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted — (frml) your father

es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

un estudiante de quinto año — a fifth-year student

la correa del perro — the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair — a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola — the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital — the streets of the capital

la subida de los precios — the rise in prices

al término de la reunión — at the end of the meeting

2)

a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima — the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas — Barajas airport

el mes de enero — the month of January

b) ( con apellidos)

[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

c) ( en exclamaciones)

pobre de él! — poor him!

ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

Sentido II

3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

volvía del banco — I was on my way back from the bank

es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

una carta de Julia — a letter from Julia

lo saqué de la biblioteca — I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo — she picked it up off the floor

un hijo de su primera mujer — a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda — as he left the store

un amigo de la infancia — a childhood friend

la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period

de un día para otro — from one day to the next

de... a... — from... to...

de aquí a tu casa — from here to your house

de nueve a cinco — it's open from nine to five

4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

son de plástico — they're (made of) plastic

una mesa de caoba — a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

un curso de secretariado — a secretarial course

un vaso de agua — a glass of water

una colección de sellos — a stamp collection

un millón de dólares — a million dollars

5) (expresando causa, modo)

murió de viejo — he died of old age

verde de envidia — green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar — he was hoarse from shouting so much

temblando de miedo — trembling with fear

de memoria — by heart

lo tumbó de un golpe — he knocked him down with one blow

de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

Sentido III

6)

a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

es de una paciencia increíble — he is incredibly patient

objetos de mucho valor — objects of great value

¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido — he looks bored

tienes cosas de niño — sometimes you act like a child

una botella de un litro — a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses — a three-month-old child

la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

un hombre de pelo largo — a man with long hair

b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as

de niño — as a o when he was a child

7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

el cepillo de la ropa — the clothes brush

copas de vino — wine glasses

ropa de cama — bed clothes

dales algo de comer — give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

8)

a) (al definir, especificar)

el botón de abajo — the bottom button

el vecino de al lado — the next-door neighbor

es muy bonita de cara — she has a pretty face

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho — it's two meters wide

es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

b) ( sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos — she took one of mine

el mayor de los Soto — the eldest of the Soto children

9) ( con sentido ponderativo)

lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

10)

a) ( con cifras)

el número de estudiantes es de 480 — there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

c) ( con un superlativo)

es el más caro de todos — it's the most expensive one

la ciudad más grande del mundo — the biggest city in the world

11) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día)

duerme de día y trabaja de noche — she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada — they left very early in the morning

12) ( en calidad de) as

trabaja de secretaria — she works as a secretary

hace de rey en la obra — he plays (the part of) a king in the play

13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

de mal humor — in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by

una novela de Goytisolo — a novel by Goytisolo

una casa rodeada de árboles — a house surrounded by trees

Sentido IV

15) ( con sentido condicional)

a)

de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

b)

ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

es de destacar su actuación — her performance is worthy of note
II
femenino: name of the letter d

* * *

= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.

Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.

Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.

Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.

Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

----

* abogado de oficio = legal aid.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.

* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.

* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.

* de... a = through.

* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.

* de abolengo = well-born.

* de abordo = in-flight.

* de absorción = absorptive.

* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.

* de acceso público = publicly accessible.

* de acceso rápido = fast-access.

* de acceso restringido = closed access.

* de acción = action-centered.

* de acompañante = in tow.

* de actitud = attitudinal.

* de actuación = for action.

* de actualidad = topical.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.

* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de adaptación = adaptive.

* de †frica = African.

* de Africa occidental = West African.

* de agua = water-based.

* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.

* de ahí = therefrom.

* de ahí que = hence.

* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.

* de Alaska = Alaskan.

* de Albania = Albanian.

* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcohol = spirit-based.

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de algún tipo = of some description.

* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.

* de alta alcurnia = well-born.

* de alta cuna = well-born.

* de alta densidad = high-density.

* de alta energía = high energy.

* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.

* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.

* de alta potencia = high power.

* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.

* de alta productividad = high-performance.

* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.

* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.

* de alta tensión = heavy-current.

* de alta velocidad = high-speed.

* de alto abolengo = well-born.

* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.

* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.

* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.

* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.

* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.

* de altura = high, top-notch.

* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.

* de aluvión = alluvial.

* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].

* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.

* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.

* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.

* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].

* de antigua generación = low-end.

* de antiguo = from time immemorial.

* de apariencia = cosmetic.

* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.

* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.

* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.

* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.

* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.

* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de aquí para allá = back and forth.

* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.

* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.

* de archivo = archival, archive.

* de armas tomar = redoubtable.

* de arranque = bootable.

* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.

* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.

* de asesoramiento = consultative.

* de aspecto = looking.

* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.

* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.

* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.

* de aspecto digno = dignified.

* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.

* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.

* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.

* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.

* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.

* de aspecto solemne = dignified.

* de atención básica = preattentive.

* de atención primaria = preattentive.

* de atrás = rear.

* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.

* de aupa = royal.

* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.

* de autogestión = self-managing.

* de autoprotección = self-protective.

* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* de balde = for free.

* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.

* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].

* de bienvenida = salutatory.

* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* de bodas = bridal.

* de Boole = Boolean.

* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.

* de broma = humorously, teasingly.

* de bronce = brass.

* de buena calidad = good-quality.

* de buena disposición = good-natured.

* de buena fama = of good repute.

* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de buena reputación = of good repute.

* de buenas = on good terms.

* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.

* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buena voluntad = in good faith.

* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.

* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.

* de buen gusto = tasteful.

* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.

* de buenos modales = well-mannered.

* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buen ver = good looking.

* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.

* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de cachondeo = teasingly.

* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.

* de cajón = no-brainer.

* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.

* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.

* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* de campo = free-range.

* de campos fijos = fixed-field.

* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].

* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.

* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.

* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.

* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.

* de carácter = in character.

* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.

* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.

* de castigo = punitive.

* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.

* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.

* de cerámica = ceramic.

* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.

* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.

* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.

* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].

* de cinco días de duración = five-day.

* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].

* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.

* de civil = in plain clothes.

* de clasificación = classificatory.

* de clausura = cloistered.

* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.

* de cobre = cupric.

* de cojones = badass.

* de colegas = collegial, buddying.

* de Colombia = Colombian.

* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.

* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.

* de color de bronce = brassy.

* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].

* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].

* de colorines = brightly coloured.

* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.

* de color rojo = red-coloured.

* de color rosa = rose-coloured.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.

* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.

* de cómo = as to how.

* de compañeros = collegial.

* de complicidad = knowing.

* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.

* de conceptos = concept-based.

* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.

* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.

* de confirmación = confirmatory.

* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.

* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.

* de conífera = coniferous.

* de construcción básica = brick and frame.

* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.

* de consulta fácil = scannable.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* de consumo = consumptive.

* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* de contrabando = bootleg.

* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.

* de Corea = Korean.

* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.

* de corral = free-range.

* de corta duración = short term [short-term].

* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.

* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].

* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.

* de coste cero = zero-cost.

* de costumbre = usual, usually.

* de creación = authorial.

* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.

* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.

* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.

* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.

* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.

* de Crimea = Crimean.

* de cristal = glass.

* de crucial importancia = crucially important.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.

* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.

* de Cuba = Cuban.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.

* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de derechas = right-wing.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de desarrollo = developmental.

* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.

* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.

* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.

* de desconexión = cut-off.

* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.

* de desecho = discarded.

* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].

* de desguace = written-off.

* de despedida = valedictory.

* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.

* de día a día = from day to day.

* de diámetro = in diameter.

* de diario = everyday.

* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.

* de diesel = diesel-powered.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].

* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].

* de difícil solución = intractable.

* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.

* de dirección = directorial, administrative.

* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.

* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* de dolor = in pain.

* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.

* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.

* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].

* de dos en dos = two at a time.

* de dos letras = two-letter.

* de dos niveles = two-tier.

* de dos páginas = two-page.

* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].

* de dos patas = two-legged.

* de dos piernas = two-legged.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].

* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* de duelo = in mourning.

* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].

* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.

* de edad = elderly.

* de edad avanzada = over the hill.

* de edad escolar = school-age.

* de edad mediana = middle-aged.

* de edad universitaria = college-age.

* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.

* de ello = thereof, therefrom.

* de ellos = theirs.

* de embalsamar = embalming.

* de emisor a receptor = downstream.

* de encaje = lacy.

* de enmienda = amendatory.

* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.

* de entonces = of the day.

* de entreguerras = interwar.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de entretenimiento = recreational.

* de envergadura = heavy lifting.

* de época = vintage.

* de epopeya = epic.

* de esa época = of the period.

* de escándalo = outrageous.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de eso = thereof.

* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.

* de especial importancia = of particular note.

* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.

* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.

* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de Estonia = Estonian.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.

* de evaluación = evaluative.

* de éxito = successful.

* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* de expansión = expanded.

* de explotación = exploitative.

* de extensión = in length.

* de extensión normal = standard-length.

* de extremada urgencia = serious.

* de fabricación casera = homemade.

* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.

* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.

* de fácil manejo = liftable.

* de facto = de facto.

* de fama = of note.

* de fama internacional = of international renown.

* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.

* de felpa = plush.

* de fiar = legit.

* de fichas = card-based.

* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.

* de final de año = end-year.

* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de formación = formative.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.

* de forma concisa = concisely.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma opcional = optionally.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma provocativa = provocatively.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma residual = residually.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de fotograma completo = full-frame.

* de fotograma doble = half-frame.

* de frente = head-on, frontal.

* de fuera = outside, off-side.

* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.

* de fuerza = forceful.

* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.

* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.

* de gala = gala.

* de Galileo = Galilean.

* de Gambia = Gambian.

* de gas = gas-powered.

* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.

* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.

* de geofísica = geophysical.

* de gestión = managerial, back-office.

* de gestión del museo = curatorial.

* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.

* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.

* de grado básico = junior grade.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de granja = free-range.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.

* de guasa = teasingly.

* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.

* de habla alemana = German-speaking.

* de habla francesa = French-speaking.

* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.

* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* de hierbas = herbal.

* de hierro = iron, ferric.

* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.

* de hoja caduca = deciduous.

* de hoja perenne = evergreen.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de Homero = Homeric.

* de hongos = fungal.

* de horticultura = horticultural.

* de hoy = present-day.

* de hoy día = of today.

* de hoy en adelante = as from today.

* de hoy en día = of today.

* de huelga = striking.

* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].

* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.

* de ideas afines = like-minded.

* de igual a igual = as a peer.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual longitud = of equal length.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.

* de imitación = copycat.

* de importancia = of note, of consequence.

* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.

* de importancia crucial = crucially important.

* de importancia fundamental = critically important.

* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.

* de incalculable valor = priceless.

* de incógnito = incognito.

* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.

* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].

* de inmediato = immediately.

* de inspiración = inspirational.

* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.

* de intereses similares = of like interest.

* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.

* de interés humano = human interest.

* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.

* de investigación = exploratory.

* de isótopos = isotopic.

* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.

* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].

* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de Kenia = Kenyan.

* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].

* de la adolescencia = teenage.

* de la alcaldía = mayoral.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de la cara = facial.

* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.

* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.

* de la cóclea = cochlear.

* de la columna vertebral = spinal.

* de la comedia = comedic.

* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.

* de la cría de aves = avicultural.

* de la duramadre = dural.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* de la embajada = ambassadorial.

* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.

* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.

* de la época victoriana = Victorian.

* de la espina dorsal = spinal.

* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way .

* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.

* de la fóvea = foveal.

* de la gama alta = high-end.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de la gama inferior = low-end.

* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].

* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].

* de la malaria = malarial.

* de la mama = mammary.

* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.

* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.

* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* de la marina = marine.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.

* * *
I
preposición

Sentido I

1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia — the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis — Luis's birthday

no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted — (frml) your father

es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

un estudiante de quinto año — a fifth-year student

la correa del perro — the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair — a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola — the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital — the streets of the capital

la subida de los precios — the rise in prices

al término de la reunión — at the end of the meeting

2)

a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima — the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas — Barajas airport

el mes de enero — the month of January

b) ( con apellidos)

[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

c) ( en exclamaciones)

pobre de él! — poor him!

ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

Sentido II

3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

volvía del banco — I was on my way back from the bank

es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

una carta de Julia — a letter from Julia

lo saqué de la biblioteca — I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo — she picked it up off the floor

un hijo de su primera mujer — a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda — as he left the store

un amigo de la infancia — a childhood friend

la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period

de un día para otro — from one day to the next

de... a... — from... to...

de aquí a tu casa — from here to your house

de nueve a cinco — it's open from nine to five

4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

son de plástico — they're (made of) plastic

una mesa de caoba — a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

un curso de secretariado — a secretarial course

un vaso de agua — a glass of water

una colección de sellos — a stamp collection

un millón de dólares — a million dollars

5) (expresando causa, modo)

murió de viejo — he died of old age

verde de envidia — green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar — he was hoarse from shouting so much

temblando de miedo — trembling with fear

de memoria — by heart

lo tumbó de un golpe — he knocked him down with one blow

de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

Sentido III

6)

a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

es de una paciencia increíble — he is incredibly patient

objetos de mucho valor — objects of great value

¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido — he looks bored

tienes cosas de niño — sometimes you act like a child

una botella de un litro — a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses — a three-month-old child

la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

un hombre de pelo largo — a man with long hair

b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as

de niño — as a o when he was a child

7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

el cepillo de la ropa — the clothes brush

copas de vino — wine glasses

ropa de cama — bed clothes

dales algo de comer — give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

8)

a) (al definir, especificar)

el botón de abajo — the bottom button

el vecino de al lado — the next-door neighbor

es muy bonita de cara — she has a pretty face

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho — it's two meters wide

es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

b) ( sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos — she took one of mine

el mayor de los Soto — the eldest of the Soto children

9) ( con sentido ponderativo)

lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

10)

a) ( con cifras)

el número de estudiantes es de 480 — there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

c) ( con un superlativo)

es el más caro de todos — it's the most expensive one

la ciudad más grande del mundo — the biggest city in the world

11) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día)

duerme de día y trabaja de noche — she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada — they left very early in the morning

12) ( en calidad de) as

trabaja de secretaria — she works as a secretary

hace de rey en la obra — he plays (the part of) a king in the play

13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

de mal humor — in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by

una novela de Goytisolo — a novel by Goytisolo

una casa rodeada de árboles — a house surrounded by trees

Sentido IV

15) ( con sentido condicional)

a)

de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

b)

ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

es de destacar su actuación — her performance is worthy of note
II
femenino: name of the letter d

* * *

= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.

Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.

Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.

Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.

Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

* abogado de oficio = legal aid.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.

* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.

* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.

* de... a = through.

* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.

* de abolengo = well-born.

* de abordo = in-flight.

* de absorción = absorptive.

* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.

* de acceso público = publicly accessible.

* de acceso rápido = fast-access.

* de acceso restringido = closed access.

* de acción = action-centered.

* de acompañante = in tow.

* de actitud = attitudinal.

* de actuación = for action.

* de actualidad = topical.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.

* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de adaptación = adaptive.

* de frica = African.

* de Africa occidental = West African.

* de agua = water-based.

* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.

* de ahí = therefrom.

* de ahí que = hence.

* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.

* de Alaska = Alaskan.

* de Albania = Albanian.

* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcohol = spirit-based.

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de algún tipo = of some description.

* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.

* de alta alcurnia = well-born.

* de alta cuna = well-born.

* de alta densidad = high-density.

* de alta energía = high energy.

* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.

* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.

* de alta potencia = high power.

* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.

* de alta productividad = high-performance.

* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.

* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.

* de alta tensión = heavy-current.

* de alta velocidad = high-speed.

* de alto abolengo = well-born.

* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.

* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.

* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.

* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.

* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.

* de altura = high, top-notch.

* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.

* de aluvión = alluvial.

* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].

* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.

* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.

* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.

* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].

* de antigua generación = low-end.

* de antiguo = from time immemorial.

* de apariencia = cosmetic.

* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.

* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.

* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.

* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.

* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.

* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de aquí para allá = back and forth.

* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.

* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.

* de archivo = archival, archive.

* de armas tomar = redoubtable.

* de arranque = bootable.

* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.

* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.

* de asesoramiento = consultative.

* de aspecto = looking.

* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.

* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.

* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.

* de aspecto digno = dignified.

* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.

* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.

* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.

* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.

* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.

* de aspecto solemne = dignified.

* de atención básica = preattentive.

* de atención primaria = preattentive.

* de atrás = rear.

* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.

* de aupa = royal.

* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.

* de autogestión = self-managing.

* de autoprotección = self-protective.

* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* de balde = for free.

* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.

* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].

* de bienvenida = salutatory.

* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* de bodas = bridal.

* de Boole = Boolean.

* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.

* de broma = humorously, teasingly.

* de bronce = brass.

* de buena calidad = good-quality.

* de buena disposición = good-natured.

* de buena fama = of good repute.

* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de buena reputación = of good repute.

* de buenas = on good terms.

* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.

* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buena voluntad = in good faith.

* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.

* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.

* de buen gusto = tasteful.

* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.

* de buenos modales = well-mannered.

* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buen ver = good looking.

* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.

* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de cachondeo = teasingly.

* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.

* de cajón = no-brainer.

* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.

* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.

* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* de campo = free-range.

* de campos fijos = fixed-field.

* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].

* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.

* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.

* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.

* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.

* de carácter = in character.

* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.

* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.

* de castigo = punitive.

* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.

* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.

* de cerámica = ceramic.

* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.

* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.

* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.

* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].

* de cinco días de duración = five-day.

* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].

* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.

* de civil = in plain clothes.

* de clasificación = classificatory.

* de clausura = cloistered.

* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.

* de cobre = cupric.

* de cojones = badass.

* de colegas = collegial, buddying.

* de Colombia = Colombian.

* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.

* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.

* de color de bronce = brassy.

* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].

* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].

* de colorines = brightly coloured.

* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.

* de color rojo = red-coloured.

* de color rosa = rose-coloured.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.

* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.

* de cómo = as to how.

* de compañeros = collegial.

* de complicidad = knowing.

* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.

* de conceptos = concept-based.

* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.

* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.

* de confirmación = confirmatory.

* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.

* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.

* de conífera = coniferous.

* de construcción básica = brick and frame.

* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.

* de consulta fácil = scannable.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* de consumo = consumptive.

* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* de contrabando = bootleg.

* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.

* de Corea = Korean.

* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.

* de corral = free-range.

* de corta duración = short term [short-term].

* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.

* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].

* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.

* de coste cero = zero-cost.

* de costumbre = usual, usually.

* de creación = authorial.

* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.

* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.

* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.

* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.

* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.

* de Crimea = Crimean.

* de cristal = glass.

* de crucial importancia = crucially important.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.

* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.

* de Cuba = Cuban.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.

* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de derechas = right-wing.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de desarrollo = developmental.

* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.

* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.

* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.

* de desconexión = cut-off.

* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.

* de desecho = discarded.

* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].

* de desguace = written-off.

* de despedida = valedictory.

* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.

* de día a día = from day to day.

* de diámetro = in diameter.

* de diario = everyday.

* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.

* de diesel = diesel-powered.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].

* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].

* de difícil solución = intractable.

* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.

* de dirección = directorial, administrative.

* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.

* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* de dolor = in pain.

* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.

* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.

* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].

* de dos en dos = two at a time.

* de dos letras = two-letter.

* de dos niveles = two-tier.

* de dos páginas = two-page.

* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].

* de dos patas = two-legged.

* de dos piernas = two-legged.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].

* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* de duelo = in mourning.

* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].

* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.

* de edad = elderly.

* de edad avanzada = over the hill.

* de edad escolar = school-age.

* de edad mediana = middle-aged.

* de edad universitaria = college-age.

* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.

* de ello = thereof, therefrom.

* de ellos = theirs.

* de embalsamar = embalming.

* de emisor a receptor = downstream.

* de encaje = lacy.

* de enmienda = amendatory.

* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.

* de entonces = of the day.

* de entreguerras = interwar.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de entretenimiento = recreational.

* de envergadura = heavy lifting.

* de época = vintage.

* de epopeya = epic.

* de esa época = of the period.

* de escándalo = outrageous.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de eso = thereof.

* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.

* de especial importancia = of particular note.

* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.

* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.

* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de Estonia = Estonian.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.

* de evaluación = evaluative.

* de éxito = successful.

* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* de expansión = expanded.

* de explotación = exploitative.

* de extensión = in length.

* de extensión normal = standard-length.

* de extremada urgencia = serious.

* de fabricación casera = homemade.

* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.

* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.

* de fácil manejo = liftable.

* de facto = de facto.

* de fama = of note.

* de fama internacional = of international renown.

* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.

* de felpa = plush.

* de fiar = legit.

* de fichas = card-based.

* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.

* de final de año = end-year.

* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de formación = formative.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.

* de forma concisa = concisely.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma opcional = optionally.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma provocativa = provocatively.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma residual = residually.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de fotograma completo = full-frame.

* de fotograma doble = half-frame.

* de frente = head-on, frontal.

* de fuera = outside, off-side.

* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.

* de fuerza = forceful.

* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.

* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.

* de gala = gala.

* de Galileo = Galilean.

* de Gambia = Gambian.

* de gas = gas-powered.

* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.

* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.

* de geofísica = geophysical.

* de gestión = managerial, back-office.

* de gestión del museo = curatorial.

* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.

* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.

* de grado básico = junior grade.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de granja = free-range.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.

* de guasa = teasingly.

* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.

* de habla alemana = German-speaking.

* de habla francesa = French-speaking.

* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.

* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* de hierbas = herbal.

* de hierro = iron, ferric.

* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.

* de hoja caduca = deciduous.

* de hoja perenne = evergreen.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de Homero = Homeric.

* de hongos = fungal.

* de horticultura = horticultural.

* de hoy = present-day.

* de hoy día = of today.

* de hoy en adelante = as from today.

* de hoy en día = of today.

* de huelga = striking.

* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].

* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.

* de ideas afines = like-minded.

* de igual a igual = as a peer.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual longitud = of equal length.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.

* de imitación = copycat.

* de importancia = of note, of consequence.

* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.

* de importancia crucial = crucially important.

* de importancia fundamental = critically important.

* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.

* de incalculable valor = priceless.

* de incógnito = incognito.

* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.

* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].

* de inmediato = immediately.

* de inspiración = inspirational.

* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.

* de intereses similares = of like interest.

* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.

* de interés humano = human interest.

* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.

* de investigación = exploratory.

* de isótopos = isotopic.

* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.

* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].

* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de Kenia = Kenyan.

* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].

* de la adolescencia = teenage.

* de la alcaldía = mayoral.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de la cara = facial.

* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.

* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.

* de la cóclea = cochlear.

* de la columna vertebral = spinal.

* de la comedia = comedic.

* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.

* de la cría de aves = avicultural.

* de la duramadre = dural.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* de la embajada = ambassadorial.

* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.

* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.

* de la época victoriana = Victorian.

* de la espina dorsal = spinal.

* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way.

* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.

* de la fóvea = foveal.

* de la gama alta = high-end.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de la gama inferior = low-end.

* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].

* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].

* de la malaria = malarial.

* de la mama = mammary.

* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.

* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.

* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* de la marina = marine.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili

* * *

de¹

prep

[ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

Sentido I

A

(en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthday

el cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleagues

no es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted ( frml); your father

un amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son's

es un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friend

un estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year student

el nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandson

la mesa de la cocina the kitchen table

la correa del perro the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streets

la subida de los precios the rise in prices

al término de la reunión at the end of the meeting

B

1 (introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airport

el mes de enero the month of January

el imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brother

el bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her

2

(en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!

¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)

C

(con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabado

las señoritas de Paz ( frml); the Misses Paz ( frml) [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

D

( Arg crit) (a casa de): voy del médico I'm going to the doctor's

Sentido II

A

1

(expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bank

es de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotá

lo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floor

mis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from America

he recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Julia

un hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda as he left the store

DE … A …:

de aquí a tu casa from here to your house

2 (en el tiempo) from

un amigo de la infancia a childhood friend

data del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th century

la literatura de ese período the literature of o from that period

lo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosales

de un día para otro from one day to the next

DE … A …:

está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and five

de aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yet

B

(expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old age

verde de envidia green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so much

eso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so little

Sentido III

A

(introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patience

un chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad taste

objetos de mucho valor objects of great value

un pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish

¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido he looks bored

ese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mother

tienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled child

una botella de un litro a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses a three-month-old child

déme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilo

la chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coat

la señora de azul the lady in blue

un hombre de pelo largo a man with long hair

un anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]

B

(al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

el complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dish

son de plástico they're (made of) plastic

un curso de secretariado a secretarial course

nos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagne

una colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stamps

un millón de dólares a million dollars

C

(con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!

¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!

D

(al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get it

aprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom button

E

1

(con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

2 (en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 29

3

(en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blow

subió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a time

de a poco (CS); little by little, gradually

4

(CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/fours

entraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente² m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]

F (en calidad de) as

está de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private school

le ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editor

hace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the play

le habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to man

G

1

(limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty face

es corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shouldered

es sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide

2

(refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a child

H

(en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general we're spring-cleaning [de is part of many expressions entered under juerga, picnic, obra etc]

I

(indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brush

el trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silver

lo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glasses

dales algo de comer give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]

J (introduciendo el complemento agente) by

una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novel

seguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the family

una casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by trees

viene acompañado de arroz it is served with rice

acompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wife

Sentido IV

A

1 (sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mine

el mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez children

un cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink

2

(con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of all

la ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the world

B

(refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at night

duerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada they left very early in the morning

ver tb mañana³ f A. (↑ mañana (3)), tarde² (↑ tarde (2)), etc

Sentido V (con sentido condicional)

A DE + INF:

de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlier

de no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be considered

de continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persists

B SER DE + INF

(expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …

no son de fiar they are not to be trusted

es de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of note

C

de no ( AmL); if not

de²

feminine

name of the letter D

* * *

Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)

dé es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
dar
de
dé
dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dé trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dé un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): déle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dé en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) dése por algo:
◊ con eso me déía por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
de 1 preposición
1
a) (pertenencia, posesión):

◊ la casa dé dé mis padres my parents' house;

el rey dé Francia the king of France;
no es dé él it isn't his;
es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane
b) ( con un nombre en aposición) of;

◊ la ciudad dé Lima the city of Lima;

el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
el mes dé enero the month of January
2
a) (procedencia, origen, tiempo) from;

◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;

una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
dé aquí a tu casa from here to your house
b) (material, contenido, composición):

◊ son dé plástico they're (made of) plastic;

una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
un millón dé dólares a million dollars
c) (causa, modo):

◊ murió dé viejo he died of old age;

dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
verde dé envidia green with envy;
temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
dé memoria by heart;
lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
d) ( en oraciones pasivas) by;

◊ un poema dé Neruda a poem by Neruda;

rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
3
a) (cualidades, características):

◊ de gran inteligencia of great intelligence;

objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
la chica dé azul the girl in blue
b) (al definir, especificar):

◊ el botón dé abajo the bottom button;

tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
uno dé los míos one of mine;
el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
4
a) ( con cifras):

◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than;

◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;

pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo):

◊ es el más caro dé todos it's the most expensive one;

la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world
d) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día):

◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;

dé madrugada early in the morning
5
a) ( en calidad de) as;

◊ trabaja dé secretaria she works as a secretary;

hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the play
b) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):

◊ dé mal humor in a bad mood;

estamos dé fiesta we're having a party
c) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):

◊ el cepillo dé la ropa the clothes brush;

copas dé vino wine glasses;
ropa dé cama bed clothes;
dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
6 ( con sentido condicional):
◊ dé haberlo sabido if I had known, had I known;

dé no ser así otherwise
de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
dé see
◊ dar

dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
de preposición
1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
(contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
un curso de inglés, an English course
un libro de arte, a book on art
4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
8 (causa) with, because of
llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
morir de hambre, to die of hunger
9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
de año en año, year in year out
de día, by day
de noche, at night
de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
de pequeño, as a child
12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
libro de consulta, reference book
máquina de escribir, typewriter
13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
(con superlativo) in
el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
15 (precio) for
un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
una botella de litro, a litre bottle
17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
de ser cierto, if it was o were true
18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time

'dé' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- a. C.
- a.m.
- abajo
- abanderada
- abanderado
- abandonar
- abandonarse
- abandono
- abanico
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abarrotería
- abastecer
- abastecerse
- abastecimiento
- abasto
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abatirse
- abdicar
- abertura
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- ablandar
- abogar
- abogacía
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abono
- abortar
- abrir
- abridor
- abrigo
- abrupta
- abrupto
- absoluta
- absolutamente
- absoluto
- abstenerse
- abstención
- abstinencia
- abstraerse
- abuelo
- abuhardillada
- abuhardillado
English:
A
- A-level
- a.m.
- AA
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- ablaze
- aboard
- about
- about-face
- about-turn
- above
- abreast
- abroad
- abrupt
- absence
- absent
- absolve
- absorb
- abstain
- abstract
- abundance
- abuse
- AC
- accepted
- access road
- accident
- accidental
- acclaim
- accommodate
- accommodation
- accomplished
- accomplishment
- accordance
- account
- account for
- accountable
- accumulation
- accuracy
- accurate
- accurately
- accuse
- accused
- accusingly
- accustom
- ache
- Achilles heel
- aching
- acid test

* * *

de prep de combines with the article el to form the contraction del (e.g. del hombre of the man).

1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;

el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;

es de ella it's hers;

la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;

el padre de la niña the girl's father;

el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;

la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;

un equipo de segunda división a second division team;

la comida del gato the cat's food;

el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;

la pata de la mesa the table leg;

una subida de precios a price rise;

los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro

2. [procedencia, distancia] from;

salir de casa to leave home;

soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;

no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;

de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;

estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;

el rey de España the king of Spain;

tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;

b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona

3. [en razonamiento]
de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;

del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't work

4. [con nombre en aposición]
la ciudad de Caracas the city of Caracas;

el túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;

el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;

el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagena

5. [en descripciones]
una película de terror a horror movie o Br film;

la señora de verde the lady in green;

el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;

una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;

¿de qué tamaño? what size?;

un político de fiar a trustworthy politician

6. [materia] (made) of;

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;

un reloj de oro a gold watch;

una mesa de madera a wooden table

7. [contenido]
un vaso de agua a glass of water;

un plato de lentejas a plate of lentils

8. [precio]
he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;

un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stamp

9. [uso]
una bici de carreras a racing bike;

ropa de deporte sportswear;

una máquina de escribir a typewriter;

una máquina de coser a sewing machine;

esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes

10. [asunto] about;

hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;

libros de historia history books

11. [en calidad de] as;

trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;

aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;

estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;

al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade

12. [tiempo] [desde] from;
[durante] in;
trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;

vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;

de madrugada early in the morning;

a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;

trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;

es de día it's daytime;

de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;

¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;

un compañero del colegio a friend from school;
Urug
de mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;
Urug
de noche at night;
Urug
ayer salimos de noche we went out last night

13. [causa] with;

morirse de hambre to die of hunger;

llorar de alegría to cry with joy;

temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;

eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much

14. [manera, modo] with;

de una patada with a kick;

rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;

de una sola vez in one go;

lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;

de tres en tres/cuatro en cuatro/ etc[m5]. three/four/ etc at a time;
CSur
de a tres/cuatro/ etc[m5]. in threes/fours/ etc;

de fácil manejo user-friendly;

ponerse de rodillas to kneel down

15. [con valor partitivo] of;

uno de los nuestros one of ours;

varios de nosotros several of us;

¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?

16. Literario [sobre]
de la paz y la guerra of war and peace

17. [en valoración]
lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgar

18. [en lugar de]
yo de ti no lo haría I wouldn't do it if I were you;

yo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her

19. [en comparaciones]
más/menos de… more/less than…;
[con superlativos]
el mejor de todos the best of all;

el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;

la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;

la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market

20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;

de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;

de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;

de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday

21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]
el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;

la buena de Susana good old Susana;

¡pobre de mí! poor me!

22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)
es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;

una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable evening

23. (después del verbo “haber”) [obligación]
he de trabajar más I have to work harder;

has de gastar menos you should spend less

24. (antes de complemento agente)
una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;

vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family

25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)
el apartamento de abajo the downstairs Br flat o US apartment;

la fila de delante the front row

♦ de no loc conj
Am otherwise;
dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you

* * *

de

prp

1 origen from;

de Nueva York from New York;

de … a from … to

2 posesión of;

el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car

3 material (made) of;

un anillo de oro a gold ring

4 contenido of;

un vaso de agua a glass of water

5 cualidad

:

una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman

6 causa with;

temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear

7 hora

:

de noche at night, by night;

de día by day

8 en calidad de as;

trabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;

de niño as a child

9 agente by;

de Goya by Goya

10 condición if;

de haberlo sabido if I’d known

11 en aposición

:

la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima

* * *

de prep

1) : of

la casa de Pepe: Pepe's house

un niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy

2) : from

es de Managua: she's from Managua

salió del edificio: he left the building

3) : in, at

a las tres de la mañana: at three in the morning

salen de noche: they go out at night

4) : than

más de tres: more than three

dé dar

* * *

de prep

1. (posesión de alguien) 's

el coche de Alberto Alberto's car

los gatos de Emma Emma's cats

la profesora de Marta Marta's teacher

es de mi hermano it's my brother's

2. (posesión de algo) of

la ciudad de Roma the city of Rome

el mes de noviembre the month of November

el teléfono del colegio the school phone

los árboles del jardín the trees in the garden

3. (materia)

un balón de cuero a leather ball

muebles de madera wooden furniture

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup

4. (contenido) of

una botella de agua a bottle of water

un paquete de arroz a packet of rice

un vaso de leche a glass of milk

5. (materia, tema)

profesor de inglés English teacher

novela de aventuras adventure story

película de terror horror film

6. (origen, procedencia) from

es de Asturias he's from Asturias

esta carretera va de Salamanca a Zamora this road goes from Salamanca to Zamora

7. (descripción) with / in

la chica del pelo largo the girl with long hair

el hombre de negro the man in black

un chico de doce años a twelve year old boy

8. (agente) by

un libro de Rosa Montero a book by Rosa Montero

9. (con expresiones de tiempo)

es la una de la tarde it's one o'clock in the afternoon

el tren de las diez the ten o'clock train

abren de nueve a siete they open from nine until seven

nunca viajamos de noche we never travel at night

de niño when I was a child

10. (con números, una parte) than / of

había más de mil personas there were more than a thousand people

pesa menos de 5 kilos it weighs less than 5 kilos

un trozo de pan a piece of bread

Spanish-English dictionary > de
9 Chronology

15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.

400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.

202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.

137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.

410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.

714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.

1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.

1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.

1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.

1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.

1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).

1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.

1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.

1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.

1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.

1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.

1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.

1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.

1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.

1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.

1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.

1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.

1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.

1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.

1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.

1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.

1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.

1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).

1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.

1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.

1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.

1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.

   King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.

   King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.

1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.

1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.

1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.

   Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.

   Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.

   Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.

1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.

1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.

1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.

1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.

1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.

1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.

1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.

1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.

1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.

1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.

1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.

1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.

1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.

1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.

1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.

1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.

1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.

1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.

1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.

1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.

1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.

1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.

1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.

1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.

1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.

   Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.

   King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.

1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of

   Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.

   Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.

   King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.

1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.

1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.

1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.

1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.

1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.

1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.

   January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.

   Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.

1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.

1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.

1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.

1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.

1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.

   May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.

   March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.

   Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.

1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.

1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January

1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.

1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."

   28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.

   February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.

   April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.

1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.

1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."

1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.

   6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.

   8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.

1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.

1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.

1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).

   January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.

1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.

1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.

1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.

   March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.

   March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.

1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July

1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.

1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).

1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.

1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.

   January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.

   January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.

   November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.

   October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.

   January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.

   May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.

   October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.

   January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).

   United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.

   January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.

   1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).

   May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.

   June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.

   February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.

   January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.

   July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.

2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology
10 conjunto

adj.

united, conjunct, conjoint.

m.

1 set, ensemble, kit, suit.

2 group, aggregate, combo.

3 musical group, group.

4 suit of clothes.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: conjuntar.

* * *

conjunto

► adjetivo

1 (compartido) joint

■ misión conjunta joint mission

2 (combinado) combined

► nombre masculino conjunto

1 (grupo) group, collection

■ un conjunto de libros a collection of books

2 (todo) whole

■ el conjunto de los actores no convence the actors as a whole are not convincing

3 (prenda) outfit, ensemble; (jersey y chaqueta) twinset

4 MÚSICA (clásico) ensemble; (pop) band, group

5 MATEMÁTICAS set

6 DEPORTE team

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de conjunto overall

en conjunto altogether, on the whole

en su conjunto as a whole

base conjunta joint base

conjunto residencial housing estate

conjunto urbanístico housing estate

————————

conjunto

► nombre masculino

1 (grupo) group, collection

■ un conjunto de libros a collection of books

2 (todo) whole

■ el conjunto de los actores no convence the actors as a whole are not convincing

3 (prenda) outfit, ensemble; (jersey y chaqueta) twinset

4 MÚSICA (clásico) ensemble; (pop) band, group

5 MATEMÁTICAS set

6 DEPORTE team

* * *
1. noun m.
1) group

2) ensemble

3) set

•

- en conjunto
2. (f. - conjunta)
adj.

joint

* * *

1.

ADJ joint, combined

operaciones conjuntas — (Mil) combined operations

2. SM

1) (=totalidad) whole

formar un conjunto — to form a whole

impresión de conjunto — overall impression

vista de conjunto — all-embracing view

en conjunto — as a whole, altogether

hay que estudiar esos países en conjunto — you have to study these countries as a whole

en su conjunto — in its entirety

conjunto monumental — collection of historic buildings

2) (=ropa) ensemble

un conjunto de falda y blusa — a matching skirt and blouse

3) (Mús) [de cámara] ensemble; [pop] group

un conjunto de música pop — a pop group

4) (Teat) chorus

chica de conjunto — chorus girl

5) (Dep) (=equipo) team

6) [de muebles] suite

conjunto de baño — bathroom suite

7) (Mat, Inform) set

conjunto integrado de programas — integrated software suite

8) (Mec) unit, assembly

* * *
I
- ta adjetivo joint
II
masculino

1) (de objetos, obras) collection; ( de personas) group

el conjunto de los magistrados ha decidido que... — magistrates as a body o group have decided that...

en conjunto — as a whole

en su conjunto — (referido a - obra, exposición) as a whole; (- comité, partido) as a group

- conjunto monumental

- conjunto residencial

2) (Mús) tb

conjunto musical — ( de música clásica) ensemble; ( de música popular) pop group

3) (Indum) ( de un pulóver y una chaqueta) twinset; ( de prendas en general) outfit

un conjunto de playa — a beach outfit

llevaba un conjunto de chaqueta y pantalón — he was wearing matching jacket and trousers

hacer conjunto con algo — to go well with something

4) (Mat) set

5) ( totalidad)

visto en conjunto or en su conjunto — overall o as a whole

debemos hacernos una visión de conjunto del problema — we must get an overview of the problem

* * *
I
- ta adjetivo joint
II
masculino

1) (de objetos, obras) collection; ( de personas) group

el conjunto de los magistrados ha decidido que... — magistrates as a body o group have decided that...

en conjunto — as a whole

en su conjunto — (referido a - obra, exposición) as a whole; (- comité, partido) as a group

- conjunto monumental

- conjunto residencial

2) (Mús) tb

conjunto musical — ( de música clásica) ensemble; ( de música popular) pop group

3) (Indum) ( de un pulóver y una chaqueta) twinset; ( de prendas en general) outfit

un conjunto de playa — a beach outfit

llevaba un conjunto de chaqueta y pantalón — he was wearing matching jacket and trousers

hacer conjunto con algo — to go well with something

4) (Mat) set

5) ( totalidad)

visto en conjunto or en su conjunto — overall o as a whole

debemos hacernos una visión de conjunto del problema — we must get an overview of the problem

* * *

conjunto¹

¹ = aggregate, aggregation, body, set, cache, ensemble.

Ex: The result of this is to provide a distinct class number for an aggregate of subjects which are adjacent in the UDC schedule order.

Ex: We should realize that a library is not simply an aggregation of discrete recorded materials; rather, it represents a collection, or more precisely collection of works.

Ex: The main body of criticism centred upon the treatment of nonbook materials.

Ex: SELECT retrieves records containing the search term or terms you specify and stores them in sets.

Ex: It is known that there were books made from bamboo and wood during the Shang dynasty (1766-1122 BC) but none remain today except caches of oracle bones.

Ex: DIANE is the name that has been given to the ensemble of available information services.

* conjunto aleatorio de lógica difusa = random fuzzy set.

* conjunto de conocimientos = body of knowledge.

* conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.

* conjunto de datos = data set [dataset].

* conjunto de intereses = set of interests.

* conjunto de lógica difusa = fuzzy set.

* conjunto de modelos = model base.

* conjunto de música = musical band.

* conjunto de programas = workbench.

* conjunto de valores = set of values.

* conjunto difuso = rough set.

* conjunto documental multimedia = kit, multimedia item.

* conjunto hecho por el propio usuario = custom set.

* conjunto impreciso = imprecise set.

* conjunto integrado de protocolos = a suite of + protocols.

* conjunto musical = musical band.

* conjunto residencial = estate.

* conjuntos de lógica difusa = fuzzy clustering.

* teoría de conjuntos = set theory.

* teoría de conjuntos difusos = fuzzy set theory.

* un conjunto cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.

* un conjunto de = a set of, a suite of, a pool of, an assembly of, a pattern of, a universe of, a harvest of, a complement of.

conjunto²

² = collaborative, joint, pooled, combined.

Ex: This is a truly collaborative effort involving the Council on Library Resources (CLR) as the management and funding agency and 12 participants from the research library community.

Ex: Library schools must build bridges such as joint programmes and joint professorships that link them with their parent academic institution.

Ex: A group of 64 libraries realised substantial cost reductions by joining in a pooled fund to self-insure for unemployment compensation.

Ex: The joint code was the result of the combined efforts of the Library Association (UK) and the American Library Association.

* autoría conjunta = collaborative writing.

* código conjunto = joint code.

* coeficiente de referencia conjunta = cocitation strength.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de modo conjunto con = in partnership with.

* diseñado en conjunto = co-designed.

* en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.

* en su conjunto = overall, together, collective, put together.

* formar en su conjunto = weave + to form.

* funcionamiento conjunto = interworking.

* gráfica de referencias conjuntas = cocitation graph.

* ofrecer una visión de conjunto = provide + a picture, provide + overview.

* presentación conjunta = packaging.

* publicidad conjunta = joint publicity.

* todo en su conjunto = whole affair, the.

* trabajo conjunto = interworking.

* umbral de referencia conjunta = cocitation threshold.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* visión de conjunto = overview, sweep.

* * *

conjunto¹ -ta

adjective

joint ( before n)

conjunto²

masculine

A (de objetos, obras) collection; (de personas) group

el conjunto de los magistrados ha decidido que … magistrates as a body o group have decided that …

Compuestos:

● conjunto monumental

historical monuments (pl)

● conjunto residencial

residential complex o development

B ( Mús) tb

conjunto musical (de música clásica) ensemble; (de música popular) pop group

C ( Indum) (de un pulóver y una chaqueta) twinset

(de prendas en general): llevaba un conjunto de chaqueta y pantalón he was wearing matching jacket and trousers

esa nueva blusa te hace conjunto con la falda roja that new blouse goes well with your red skirt

un conjunto de playa/tenis a beach/tennis outfit

D ( Mat) set

E

(totalidad): visto en conjunto or en su conjunto, es un buen trabajo overall o as a whole, it is a good piece of work

debemos hacernos una visión de conjunto del problema we must get an overview of the problem, we must look at the problem as a whole

* * *

Del verbo conjuntar: ( conjugate conjuntar)

conjunto es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

conjuntó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
conjuntar
conjunto
conjunto 1
◊ -ta adjetivo ‹esfuerzo/acción› joint before n

conjunto 2 sustantivo masculino
a) (de objetos, obras) collection;

( de personas) group;
◊ en su conjunto ( referido a — obra, exposición) as a whole;

(— comité, partido) as a group;
◊ conjunto residencial residential complex

b) (Mús) tb

◊ conjunto musical ( de música clásica) ensemble;

( de música popular) pop group
c) (Indum) ( de pulóver y chaqueta) twinset;

( de prendas en general) outfit;
◊ un conjunto de chaqueta y pantalón matching jacket and trousers;

hacer conjunto con algo to go well with sth
d) (Mat) set

conjunto,-a
I sustantivo masculino
1 (grupo) group, set
2 (totalidad de algo) whole
3 Mús (grupo de música) group, band
4 Indum ensemble
5 Mat set
6 Dep team
II adjetivo joint
♦ Locuciones: en conjunto, on the whole
' conjunto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abogacía
- acompañamiento
- alimentación
- bagaje
- banca
- comedor
- comedora
- comparsa
- compra
- concejo
- conducción
- conjunta
- contingente
- credo
- defensa
- derecha
- derecho
- dirección
- discurso
- entre
- equipo
- escribanía
- estatuto
- firma
- fondo
- galería
- ganadería
- ganado
- gestión
- global
- guardarropa
- juego
- paquete
- par
- pensamiento
- plan
- reglamentación
- sala
- servicio
- sillería
- tendedero
- toponimia
- tramitación
- tresillo
- tubería
- vecindario
- vestuario
- administración
- archivo
- cada
English:
aggregate
- altogether
- blend
- body
- by
- concerted
- ensemble
- estate
- ethic
- for
- group
- joint
- law
- lighting
- outfit
- overall
- package
- project
- set
- two-piece
- well-matched
- whole
- band
- bar
- battery
- combined
- comprehensive
- cooperative
- lie
- out

* * *

conjunto, -a

♦ adj
[acción, esfuerzo] joint;
cuenta conjunta joint account

♦ nm

1. [agrupación] collection, group;

un conjunto de circunstancias a number of factors;

un conjunto de maletas a set of suitcases;

se enfrenta el conjunto local contra el líder the local team is playing the leaders

2. [de ciudad] conjunto histórico-artístico:
la ciudad de Cartagena es un conjunto histórico-artístico de gran interés the historical and artistic attributes of Cartagena combine to form a highly interesting whole;

conjunto monumental historical buildings and monuments;

conjunto urbanístico: [m5] un conjunto urbanístico muy heterógeno a cityscape of great variety

3. [de ropa] outfit;

llevaba un conjunto de camisa y pantalón she was wearing matching shirt and trousers;

un conjunto primaveral a spring outfit

4. [de música] group, band;

un conjunto de jazz a jazz band;

un conjunto de música clásica a classical music group

5. [totalidad] whole;

la media en el conjunto de Latinoamérica es de 5,4 in Latin America as a whole, the average is 5.4;

la calidad, en conjunto, es buena, pero le falla algún detalle overall the quality is good, but it falls down on the occasional detail;

los socios, en su conjunto, están en contra de la venta the whole membership is against the sale

6. Mat set

Comp
conjunto vacío empty set
* * *

conjunto

I adj joint

II m

1 de personas, objetos collection;

en conjunto as a whole

2 de prendas outfit

3 MAT set

* * *

conjunto, -ta adj

: joint

conjunto nm

1) : collection, group

2) : ensemble, outfit

conjunto musical: musical ensemble

3) : whole, entirety

en conjunto: as a whole, altogether

* * *

conjunto¹ adj joint

una fiesta conjunta a joint party

en conjunto on the whole

conjunto² n

1. (grupo) group

2. (ropa) outfit

Spanish-English dictionary > conjunto
11 desagradable

adj.

1 unpleasant.

2 disagreeable, distasteful, unpleasant, displeasing.

* * *

desagradable

► adjetivo

1 disagreeable, unpleasant

* * *

adj.

unpleasant, disagreeable

* * *

ADJ unpleasant, disagreeable más frm

ser desagradable con algn — to be unpleasant to sb

* * *

adjetivo <respuesta/comentario> unkind; <ruido/sensación> unpleasant, disagreeable; <escena/sorpresa> unpleasant; <tiempo/clima> unpleasant, horrible

estuvo realmente desagradable — he was really unpleasant

no seas tan desagradable! — don't be so mean o unkind!

* * *

= off-putting, unwelcome, unpleasant, disagreeable, unkind, obnoxious, peevish, distasteful, unappealing, seamy [seamier -comp., seamiest -sup.], unsavoury [unsavory, -USA], unpalatable, unsightly, minging, abrasive, nasty [natier -comp., nastiest -sup.], unwholesome, insalubrious, invidious, ill-natured.

Ex. Some children are prepared to patronize the shop, and use it in quite a different way, when they find the library (however well run) stuffy or off-putting.

Ex. The faithful adherents of the ideology of the finding catalog were determined to combat the unwelcome intrusion of Panizzi's scheme before the Royal Commission.

Ex. And, as if by way of indicating that he had thrown down the gauntlet, he added, 'I can be unpleasant. I warn you'.

Ex. Then I came within this disagreeable person's atmosphere, and lo! before I know what's happened I'm involved in an unpleasant altercation.

Ex. The enumeration at 940.5316: Children and other noncombatants; Pacifists; Enemy sympathizers seems a little unkind, if nothing else.

Ex. During the war a law was passed to limit the consumption of newsprint by ' obnoxious newspapers' and even reducing it to nil = Durante la guerra se aprobó una ley para limitar el consumo de papel de periódico por los llamados "periódicos detestables" e incluso reducirlo a cero.

Ex. In 1912 a group of women library students were accused of lacking a sense of proportion, being peevish and being absorbed in small details.

Ex. The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.

Ex. In addition, it is pointed out that tourists often have a strange fascination for tragic, macabre or other equally unappealing historical sights.

Ex. In general, the writer explains, crimes are depicted in such a way that they are associated with seamy characters who have little regard for conventional morality.

Ex. Despite the unsavory characters, bawdiness, and amorality in several of his plays, Middleton was more committed to a single theological system than, for example, Shakespeare.

Ex. The article is entitled 'Spam is unpalatable any way it's served up: things you can do to reduce the amount of unwanted e-mail'.

Ex. He went on to explain that while there were no unsightly slums, there was a fairly large district of rather nondescript homes intermingled with plain two- and three-family brick and frame dwellings, principally in the eastern reaches of the city.

Ex. Everyone is attractive to someone, there is no such thing as a minger, but there are many people who I think are minging.

Ex. She wanted to say: 'You are a conceited, obstinate, inflexible, manipulative, pompous, close-minded, insensitive, abrasive, opinionated, platitudinous oaf!'.

Ex. Anthony Datto thanked them for having permitted him to unburden himself and after a few desultory remarks about the nasty weather and nothing in particular, they parted.

Ex. The text raises the possibility that there might be something unwholesome in the Buddhist obsession with hell.

Ex. Specific actions are those which are intended to reinforce the fight against specific medical conditions related to insalubrious living.

Ex. Within the ranks of authorship therefore there are many types of author and it is invidious to claim that one sort is necessarily 'better' than another.

Ex. Always snivelling, coughing, spitting; a stupid, tedious, ill-natured fellow, who was for ever fatiguing people.

----

* algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* de sabor desagradable = unpalatable.

* desagradable a la vista = eyesore.

* encontrarse con una sorpresa desagradable = rude awakening + be in store, be in for a rude awakening.

* esperar una sorpresa desagradable = rude awakening + be in store, be in for a rude awakening.

* lo desagradable = unpleasantness.

* situación desagradable = unpleasantness.

* sorpresa desagradable = rude awakening.

* * *

adjetivo <respuesta/comentario> unkind; <ruido/sensación> unpleasant, disagreeable; <escena/sorpresa> unpleasant; <tiempo/clima> unpleasant, horrible

estuvo realmente desagradable — he was really unpleasant

no seas tan desagradable! — don't be so mean o unkind!

* * *

= off-putting, unwelcome, unpleasant, disagreeable, unkind, obnoxious, peevish, distasteful, unappealing, seamy [seamier -comp., seamiest -sup.], unsavoury [unsavory, -USA], unpalatable, unsightly, minging, abrasive, nasty [natier -comp., nastiest -sup.], unwholesome, insalubrious, invidious, ill-natured.

Ex: Some children are prepared to patronize the shop, and use it in quite a different way, when they find the library (however well run) stuffy or off-putting.

Ex: The faithful adherents of the ideology of the finding catalog were determined to combat the unwelcome intrusion of Panizzi's scheme before the Royal Commission.

Ex: And, as if by way of indicating that he had thrown down the gauntlet, he added, 'I can be unpleasant. I warn you'.

Ex: Then I came within this disagreeable person's atmosphere, and lo! before I know what's happened I'm involved in an unpleasant altercation.

Ex: The enumeration at 940.5316: Children and other noncombatants; Pacifists; Enemy sympathizers seems a little unkind, if nothing else.

Ex: During the war a law was passed to limit the consumption of newsprint by ' obnoxious newspapers' and even reducing it to nil = Durante la guerra se aprobó una ley para limitar el consumo de papel de periódico por los llamados "periódicos detestables" e incluso reducirlo a cero.

Ex: In 1912 a group of women library students were accused of lacking a sense of proportion, being peevish and being absorbed in small details.

Ex: The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.

Ex: In addition, it is pointed out that tourists often have a strange fascination for tragic, macabre or other equally unappealing historical sights.

Ex: In general, the writer explains, crimes are depicted in such a way that they are associated with seamy characters who have little regard for conventional morality.

Ex: Despite the unsavory characters, bawdiness, and amorality in several of his plays, Middleton was more committed to a single theological system than, for example, Shakespeare.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Spam is unpalatable any way it's served up: things you can do to reduce the amount of unwanted e-mail'.

Ex: He went on to explain that while there were no unsightly slums, there was a fairly large district of rather nondescript homes intermingled with plain two- and three-family brick and frame dwellings, principally in the eastern reaches of the city.

Ex: Everyone is attractive to someone, there is no such thing as a minger, but there are many people who I think are minging.

Ex: She wanted to say: 'You are a conceited, obstinate, inflexible, manipulative, pompous, close-minded, insensitive, abrasive, opinionated, platitudinous oaf!'.

Ex: Anthony Datto thanked them for having permitted him to unburden himself and after a few desultory remarks about the nasty weather and nothing in particular, they parted.

Ex: The text raises the possibility that there might be something unwholesome in the Buddhist obsession with hell.

Ex: Specific actions are those which are intended to reinforce the fight against specific medical conditions related to insalubrious living.

Ex: Within the ranks of authorship therefore there are many types of author and it is invidious to claim that one sort is necessarily 'better' than another.

Ex: Always snivelling, coughing, spitting; a stupid, tedious, ill-natured fellow, who was for ever fatiguing people.

* algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* de sabor desagradable = unpalatable.

* desagradable a la vista = eyesore.

* encontrarse con una sorpresa desagradable = rude awakening + be in store, be in for a rude awakening.

* esperar una sorpresa desagradable = rude awakening + be in store, be in for a rude awakening.

* lo desagradable = unpleasantness.

* situación desagradable = unpleasantness.

* sorpresa desagradable = rude awakening.

* * *

desagradable

adjective

‹respuesta/comentario› unkind; ‹sabor/ruido/sensación› unpleasant, disagreeable; ‹escena› horrible

estuvo realmente desagradable conmigo he was really unpleasant to me

¡no seas tan desagradable! dale una oportunidad don't be so mean o unkind! give him a chance

¡qué tiempo más desagradable! what nasty o horrible weather

hacía un día bastante desagradable the weather was rather unpleasant, it was a rather unpleasant day

se llevó una sorpresa desagradable she got a nasty o an unpleasant surprise

* * *

desagradable adjetivo
unpleasant;
‹respuesta/comentario› unkind
desagradable adjetivo unpleasant, disagreeable: hay un olor desagradable, there's an unpleasant smell
es una persona muy desagradable, he's really disagreeable
' desagradable' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
escopetazo
- fresca
- fresco
- graznido
- grosera
- grosero
- gustillo
- horrorosa
- horroroso
- impresión
- marrón
- palma
- sensación
- terrible
- terrorífica
- terrorífico
- chocante
- ingrato
- mal
- shock
English:
bullet
- business
- creep
- dirty
- disagreeable
- distasteful
- emptiness
- filthy
- hard
- ill-natured
- miserable
- nasty
- off
- off-putting
- rude
- thankless
- ugly
- unkind
- unpleasant
- unsavory
- unsavoury
- unwelcome
- why
- home
- objectionable
- offensive
- painful
- peevish
- unpalatable
- unwholesome

* * *

desagradable

♦ adj

1. [sensación, tiempo, escena] unpleasant;

no voy a salir, la tarde está muy desagradable I'm not going to go out, the weather's turned quite nasty this afternoon;

una desagradable sorpresa an unpleasant o a nasty surprise

2. [persona, comentario, contestación] unpleasant;

está muy desagradable con su familia he's very unpleasant to his family;

no seas desagradable y ven con nosotros al cine don't be unsociable, come to the cinema with us

♦ nmf

son unos desagradables they're unpleasant people

* * *

desagradable

adj unpleasant, disagreeable

* * *

desagradable adj

: unpleasant, disagreeable

♦ desagradablemente adv

* * *

desagradable adj unpleasant

Spanish-English dictionary > desagradable
12 hecho

adj.

1 made, done.

2 made, created.

intj.

1 done.

2 agreed.

m.

1 fact, point of fact, event, happening.

2 act, feat, deed, action.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: hacer.

* * *

hecho

► nombre masculino

1 (realidad) fact

2 (suceso) event, incident

► interjección

————————

hecho

► participio pasado

1→ link=hacer hacer

► adjetivo

1 (carne) done

2 (persona) mature

3 (frase, expresión) set

4 (ropa) ready-made

► nombre masculino hecho

1 (realidad) fact

2 (suceso) event, incident

► interjección ¡hecho!

1 done!, agreed!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo hecho pecho it's no use crying over spilt milk

¡bien hecho! well done!

de hecho in fact

el hecho es que... the fact is that...

eso está hecho figurado that won't take long, that'll only take a minute

estar hecho,-a un,-a... to be...

■ esta habitación está hecha un asco this room is in a right mess

■ está hecho un vago he's a real waster, he's a real layabout

hecho,-a a mano handmade

hecho,-a a máquina machine-made

hecho,-a en casa home-made

hechos son amores actions speak louder than words

lo hecho hecho está what's done is done

muy hecho,-a (carne) well-cooked 2 (pasada) overdone

poco,-a hecho,-a (carne) rare 2 (insuficientemente) underdone

ser un hombre hecho y derecho to be a real man

hecho consumado fait accompli

hecho de armas feat of arms

Hechos de los Apóstoles RELIGIÓN Acts of the Apostles

* * *
1. noun m.
1) fact

2) deed

3) event
2. (f. - hecha)
adj.

1) done, made

2) finished

* * *

1.

PP de hacer

2. ADJ

1) (=realizado) done

bien hecho — well done

mal hecho — badly done

si le dijiste que no fuera, mal hecho — if you told him not to go, then you were wrong o you shouldn't have

¡hecho! — (=de acuerdo) agreed!, it's a deal!

- lo hecho, hecho está

- a lo hecho pecho

2) (=manufacturado) made

¿de qué está hecho? — what's it made of?

bien hecho — well made

mal hecho — poorly made

hecho a mano — handmade

hecho a máquina — machine-made

hecho a la medida — made-to-measure

se compra la ropa hecha — he buys his clothes off-the-peg

3) (=acabado) done, finished; (=listo) ready

el trabajo ya está hecho — the work is done o finished

¿está hecha la comida? — is dinner ready?

4) (Culin)

a) (=maduro) [queso, vino] mature; [fruta] ripe

b) (=cocinado)

muy hecho — (=bien) well-cooked; (=demasiado) overdone

no muy hecho, poco hecho — underdone, undercooked

un filete poco o no muy hecho — a rare steak

5) (=convertido en)

el baño está hecho un asco — the bathroom is disgusting

usted está hecho un chaval — you look so young!

ella, hecha una furia, se lanzó — she hurled herself furiously

estará hecha una mujercita — she must be quite grown up now

6) [persona]

bien hecho — well-proportioned

mal hecho — ill-proportioned

hecho y derecho —

un hombre hecho y derecho — a (fully) grown man

soldados hechos y derechos — proper soldiers

7) (=acostumbrado)

estar hecho a — to be used to

3. SM

1) (=acto)

los vecinos quieren hechos — the residents want action

hechos, y o que no palabras — actions speak louder than words

hecho consumado — fait accompli

hecho de armas — feat of arms

Hechos de los Apóstoles — Acts of the Apostles

2) (=realidad) fact; (=suceso) event

es un hecho — it's a fact

es un hecho conocido — it's a well-known fact

el hecho es que... — the fact is that...

volvamos a los hechos — let's get back to the facts

hay que clarificar los hechos — the facts must be clarified

un hecho histórico — (=acontecimiento) an historic event; (=dato) a historical fact

los hechos acaecidos ayer — yesterday's events

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the incident

hecho imponible — (Econ) taxable source of income

3)

de hecho — in fact, as a matter of fact

de hecho, yo no sé nada de eso — in fact o as a matter of fact, I don't know anything about that

4) (Jur)

de hecho y de derecho — de facto and de jure

* * *
I
- cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]

1) ( manufacturado) made

hecho a mano — handmade

un traje hecho a (la) medida — a made-to-measure suit

bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

2) ( refiriéndose a acción)

bien hecho! — well done!

no le avisé - pues mal hecho — I didn't let him know - well you should have (done)

lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

3) ( convertido en)

estaba hecho una fiera — he was furious

está hecha una vaca — she's got(ten) really fat

tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

se apareció hecho un mamarracho — he turned up looking a real mess

4) ( acostumbrado)

hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)

hecho! — it's a deal!, done!
II
- cha adjetivo

1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)

2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
III
masculino

1)

a) (acto, acción)

ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

demuéstramelo con hechos — prove it to me by doing something about it

b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the crime

- hecho consumado

2) (realidad, verdad) fact

los viajes espaciales ya son un hecho — space travel is already a reality

el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

3)

de hecho — in fact

* * *
I
- cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]

1) ( manufacturado) made

hecho a mano — handmade

un traje hecho a (la) medida — a made-to-measure suit

bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

2) ( refiriéndose a acción)

bien hecho! — well done!

no le avisé - pues mal hecho — I didn't let him know - well you should have (done)

lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

3) ( convertido en)

estaba hecho una fiera — he was furious

está hecha una vaca — she's got(ten) really fat

tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

se apareció hecho un mamarracho — he turned up looking a real mess

4) ( acostumbrado)

hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)

hecho! — it's a deal!, done!
II
- cha adjetivo

1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)

2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
III
masculino

1)

a) (acto, acción)

ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

demuéstramelo con hechos — prove it to me by doing something about it

b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the crime

- hecho consumado

2) (realidad, verdad) fact

los viajes espaciales ya son un hecho — space travel is already a reality

el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

3)

de hecho — in fact

* * *

hecho¹

¹ = event, fact, deed.

Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.

Ex: Apart from the fact that different librarians may consult different reference sources, there are other factors which may lead different cataloguers to different decisions.

Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.

* apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.

* cegarse ante el hecho de que = blind + Pronombre + to the fact that.

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.

* demostración del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.

* desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.

* dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.

* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* enfrentarse al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.

* enunciado de los hechos = statement of fact.

* estado de hecho = rule of men.

* explicar + Posesivo + versión de los hechos = explain + Posesivo + side of the story.

* exposición de los hechos = statement of fact.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hecho casual = coincidence, chance happening.

* hecho consumado = fait accompli.

* hecho demostrado = established fact.

* hecho ineludible = hard fact.

* hecho real = brute fact.

* hechos dispersos = random facts.

* hechos, los = plain fact, the.

* hechos reales = true story.

* no prestar atención al hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* olvidarse del hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.

* pareja de hecho = common-law husband, common-law wife, common-law marriage.

* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.

* perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.

* por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.

* por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.

* presunción de hecho = prima facie.

* prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.

* ser un hecho ampliamente aceptado = it + be + widely agreed.

* ser un hecho ampliamente reconocido = it + be + widely recognised.

* ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* sin meternos en el hecho de que = to say nothing of.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* verificación de los hechos = fact checking.

hecho²

² = executed.

Ex: What was pinned up ranged from sheets of paper with nothing more written on them than a title and author to elaborate and beautifully executed illustrations.

* a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* bien hecho = well-rendered, well done.

* cartón hecho de paja = strawboard.

* comprar Algo hecho en serie = buy + off-the-shelf.

* comprar Algo ya hecho de antemano = buy + off-the-shelf.

* cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.

* dado por hecho = foregone.

* dando por hecho que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.

* dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.

* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.

* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.

* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.

* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be two of a kind, be a right pair.

* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.

* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.

* estar hecho un desastre = be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.

* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.

* frase hecha = bound phrase, cliche, formulaic words, formulaic phrase.

* hecho a base de parches = patchwork.

* hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.

* hecho a máquina = machine-made.

* hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.

* hecho añicos = shattered.

* hecho a propósito = tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored].

* hecho cisco = wrecked.

* hecho como de pasada = throwaway.

* hecho de antemano = off-the-peg, ready-made.

* hecho de encaje = lacy.

* hecho de grava = metalled [metaled, -USA].

* hecho de trozos = piecewise.

* hecho de un modo gratuito = pro bono.

* hecho en América = American-built.

* hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.

* hecho en el extranjero = foreign-made.

* hecho en el Reino Unido = British-made.

* hecho en lugar de otra persona = delegated.

* hecho exclusivamente para = born and bred.

* hecho exclusivamente para la web = Web-centric.

* hecho expresamente para = intended for.

* hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.

* hecho para una única ocasión = one shot.

* hecho polvo = wrecked, dog tired.

* hecho por el autor = author-designated, author-prepared.

* hecho por el hombre = man-made.

* hecho por encargo = tailor-made [tailormade], bespoke, custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], made-to-order, made to measure.

* hecho por la OCLC = OCLC-produced.

* hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].

* hecho por multicopista = mimeographed.

* hecho por uno mismo = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], home-produced, self-made.

* hecho puré = mashed.

* hecho recientemente = fresh-made.

* hechos el uno para el otro = made for each other.

* hecho una salsa = saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].

* hecho una sopa = drenched to the skin, wringing wet, soaked to the skin, soaking wet, wet through to the skin.

* hecho un desastre = in shambles, like the wreck of the Hesperus, upside down.

* hecho un toro = as strong as an ox.

* hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.

* mal hecho para = ill suited to/for.

* medio hecho = halfway done, half done.

* menos hecho = rarer.

* páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.

* papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.

* papel hecho a máquina = machine-made paper.

* papel verjurado hecho a máquina = machine-made laid paper.

* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic.

* recién hecho = hot off the griddle.

* resumen hecho para una disciplina concreta = discipline-oriented abstract.

* sistema informático hecho por encargo = tailored system.

* solución hecha = cut-and-dried solution.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.

* * *

hecho¹ - cha

pp

[ ver tb hacer]

A (manufacturado) made

hecho a mano handmade

hecho a máquina machine-made, machine-produced

un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit

está muy bien/mal hecho it's very well/badly made

B

(refiriéndose a una acción): ¡bien hecho! así aprenderá well done! o good for you! that'll teach him

tomé la decisión yo solo — pues mal hecho, tenías que haberlo consultado I took the decision myself — well you shouldn't have (done), you should have discussed it with him

lo hecho, hecho está it's no use crying over spilled milk

pecho

C

(convertido en): estaba hecho una fiera or furia he was livid o furious

está hecha una foca she's got(ten) really fat

se apareció hecho un mamarracho he turned up looking a real mess

me dejaron con los nervios hechos trizas when they finished my nerves were in tatters o in shreds o ( colloq) shot to pieces

tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil

D (acostumbrado) hecho A algo used o accustomed TO sth

un hombre muy hecho a la vida en el campo a man well used to o quite accustomed to life in the country

E ( como interj)

(expresando acuerdo): ¡hecho! it's a deal!, done!

trato

hecho² - cha

adjective

A ‹ropa› ready-to-wear, off-the-peg

con ese físico se puede comprar los trajes hechos with his build he can buy ready-to-wear suits o he can buy his suits off the peg

B (terminado) ‹trabajo› done

hecho y derecho: un hombre hecho y derecho a grown o a fully grown man

un abogado hecho y derecho a fully-fledged lawyer

ya es un jugador hecho y derecho he is already an inveterate o a confirmed gambler

C ( esp Esp) ‹carne› done

un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

D ( Chi fam) (borracho) plastered ( colloq)

E

(Col, Ven fam) (económicamente bien): estar hecho to have it made ( colloq)

hecho³

masculine

A

1

(acto, acción): ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos those are just words, I want action

demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it

no es el hecho en sí de que me lo haya robado lo que me duele sino … it's not the actual theft that upsets me but …, it's not the fact that she stole it from me that upsets me but …

2 (suceso, acontecimiento) event

hechos como la caída del gobierno de Castillo events such as the fall of the Castillo government

los documentos hallados en el lugar de los hechos the documents found at the scene of the crime

limítese el testigo a relatar los hechos the witness will please limit o confine his testimony to the facts

Compuestos:

● hecho consumado

fait accompli

● hecho de armas

( frml); battle

● hecho de sangre

( frml); violent crime ( involving bloodshed)

● Hechos de los Apóstoles

mpl:

los hecho de los Apóstoles The Acts of the Apostles

B (realidad, verdad) fact

es un hecho conocido por todos it's a well-known fact

para esa fecha los viajes espaciales ya eran un hecho by that time space travel was already a reality

el hecho es que … the fact (of the matter) is that …

es un gran conocedor del país, debido al hecho de que … he knows the country very well owing to the fact that o because …

el hecho de que habla tres idiomas le da una gran ventaja the fact that he speaks three languages gives him a great advantage

el hecho DE QUE + SUBJ:

el hecho de que mucha gente lo compre no quiere decir que sea un buen periódico the fact that a lot of people buy it doesn't make it a good newspaper, just because a lot of people buy it doesn't mean that it's a good newspaper

C

de hecho: de hecho, ya es significativo que haya hecho esa propuesta the fact that he has made such a proposal is in itself significant

no fue una sorpresa, de hecho, me avisaron el mes pasado it didn't come as a surprise; in fact they warned me only last month

él es el director pero de hecho la que manda es ella he's the director, but she's the one who actually runs the place, he's the director, but in reality o in actual fact she's the one who runs the place

* * *

Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)

hecho es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hecho
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hecho there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hecho to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hecho caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hecho pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hecho sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hecho la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hecho la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hecho ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hecho! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hechola buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hecho algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hecho de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hecho a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hecho que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hecho a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hecho de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hecho v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ hechose un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) hechose a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hechose pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ hechose a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hecho 1
◊ - cha pp [ ver tb hacer]

1 ( manufacturado) made;
◊ hecho a mano handmade;

un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit;
bien/mal hecho well/badly made
2 ( refiriéndose a acción):
◊ ¡bien hecho! well done!;

no le avisé — pues mal hecho I didn't let him know — well you should have (done);
lo hecho, hecho está what's done is done
3 ( convertido en):
◊ estaba hecho una fiera he was furious;

tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
■ adjetivo
a) ‹ ropa› ready-to-wear

b) ( terminado) ‹ trabajo› done

c) (esp Esp) ‹ carne› done;

◊ un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

hecho 2 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (acto, acción):

◊ yo quiero hechos I want action, I want something done;

demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event;

◊ el lugar de los hechos the scene of the crime

2 (realidad, verdad) fact;
◊ de hecho in fact

hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
hecho,-a
I adjetivo
1 (realizado) made, done: está muy bien hecho, it's really well done
2 (acostumbrado) used: está hecho a trabajar en este clima, he's used to working in this climate
3 (cocinado, cocido) done
un filete muy/poco hecho, a well-cooked/rare steak
4 (persona) mature
5 (frase) set
(ropa) ready-made
II sustantivo masculino
1 (suceso real) fact
el hecho es que..., the fact is that...
de hecho, in fact ➣ Ver nota en actually 2 (obra, acción) act, deed
3 (acontecimiento, caso) event, incident
III interj ¡hecho!, it's a deal! o all right!
' hecho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acontecer
- actual
- asesinar
- braga
- bribón
- bribona
- buena
- bueno
- casera
- casero
- chapucera
- chapucero
- chapuza
- chaval
- chavala
- como
- conmoverse
- considerable
- consumada
- consumado
- Cristo
- de
- despeluchar
- desvarío
- dicha
- dicho
- documentalista
- elemento
- encubrir
- entrar
- exquisita
- exquisito
- fideo
- fiera
- flan
- furia
- haber
- habilidosa
- habilidoso
- hallar
- hecha
- higo
- hojalata
- humanamente
- incidencia
- interdisciplinaria
- interdisciplinario
- jirón
- jugarreta
- lástima
English:
accept
- action
- actual
- actually
- adjust
- admission
- admit
- advance
- angry
- appease
- asbestos
- bandwagon
- bargain
- basis
- beat
- by
- challenge
- cock-up
- collar
- come
- confirm
- cry
- custom
- cut out
- damage
- deal
- decree
- delay
- deliberately
- done
- dream
- effect
- effectively
- enforce
- established
- fact
- failure
- fait accompli
- find out
- fitted
- freshly
- fully-fledged
- good
- grown
- gumbo
- hand
- handmade
- however
- hurried
- in

* * *

hecho, -a

♦ participio
ver hacer
♦ adj

1. [llevado a cabo]
hecho a mano handmade;

hecho a máquina machine-made;

una película bien hecha a well-made film;

¡eso está hecho! it's a deal!, you're on!;

¡bien hecho! well done!;

¡mal hecho, me tenías que haber avisado! you were wrong not to tell me!;

¿me podrás conseguir entradas? – ¡eso está hecho! will you be able to get me tickets? – it's as good as done!;

Comp

lo hecho, hecho está what is done is done;

Comp
Fam
a lo hecho, pecho: no me gusta, pero a lo hecho, pecho I don't like it, but what's done is done;

tú lo hiciste, así que a lo hecho, pecho you did it, so you'll have to take what's coming

2. [acabado] mature;

una mujer hecha y derecha a fully grown woman;

estás hecho un artista you've become quite an artist

3. [carne, pasta] done;

quiero el filete muy hecho/poco hecho I'd like my steak well done/rare

4. [acostumbrado]
estar hecho a algo/a hacer algo to be used to sth/to doing sth;

está hecha a la dureza del clima she's used to the harsh climate;

no estoy hecho a levantarme tan temprano I'm not used to getting up so early

5. Andes, RP Fam
estar hecho [en condiciones] to have it all;

con la compra de estos zapatos creo que estoy hecho after buying these shoes I think I've got everything I need;

me faltan dos materias de la carrera y estoy hecha I need to do two more subjects in my degree and that's me done

♦ nm

1. [suceso] event;

los hechos tuvieron lugar de madrugada the events took place in the early morning;

el cuerpo de la víctima fue retirado del lugar de los hechos the victim's body was removed from the scene of the crime

Comp
hecho consumado fait accompli
2. [realidad, dato] fact;

el hecho de que seas el jefe no te da derecho a comportarte así just because you're the boss doesn't mean you have the right to behave like that;

es un hecho indiscutido que… it is an indisputable fact that…;

el hecho es que… the fact is that…;

hecho ineludible fact of life

3. [obra] action, deed;

sus hechos hablan por él his actions speak for him;

queremos hechos, y no promesas we want action, not promises

Comp
los Hechos de los Apóstoles the Acts of the Apostles; Mil hecho de armas feat of arms
4.
de hecho [en realidad] in fact, actually;

claro que lo conozco, de hecho, fuimos juntos al colegio of course I know him, indeed o in fact we actually went to school together

5. [en la práctica] de facto;

es el presidente de hecho he's the de facto president

♦ interj

it's a deal!, you're on!;

te lo vendo por un millón – ¡hecho! I'll sell it to you for a million – done! o it's a deal!

* * *

hecho

I part → hacer; ( confeccionado)

:

hecho a mano hand-made;

un traje hecho an off-the-peg suit;

muy hecho carne well-done;

¡bien hecho! well done!;

¡hecho!, ¡eso está hecho ! done!, it’s a deal!;

a lo hecho, pecho what’s done is done

II adj finished;

un hombre hecho y derecho a fully grown man

III m

1 ( realidad) fact;

de hecho in fact;

el hecho es que the fact is that

2 ( suceso) event

3 ( obra) action, deed;

un hecho consumado a fait accompli

* * *

hecho pp hacer

hecho, - cha adj

1) : made, done

2) : ready-to-wear

3) : complete, finished

hecho y derecho: full-fledged

hecho nm

1) : fact

2) : event

hechos históricos: historic events

3) : act, action

4)

de hecho : in fact, in reality

* * *

hecho¹ adj

1. (manufacturado) made

¿de qué está hecho? what's it made of?

está hecho de plástico it's made of plastic

hecho con ingredientes naturales made from natural ingredients

2. (cocinado) done

me gusta el filete bien hecho I like my steak well done

¡bien hecho! well done!

¡hecho! done!

hecho a mano handmade

hecho en casa homemade

hecho² n

1. (en general) fact

la película se basa en hechos verídicos the film is based on fact

2. (acto) action

demuéstraselo con hechos y no con palabras prove it with actions, not words

de hecho in fact

Spanish-English dictionary > hecho
13 अर्थः _arthḥ

अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.]

1 Object, pur- pose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9.

-2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213.

-3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21.

-4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five: रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16.

-5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid.

-6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds: शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62.

-7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25.

-8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65.

-9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition.

-1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19.

-11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1.

-12 Manner, kind, sort.

-13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above).

-14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ).

-15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5.

-16 N. of a son of धर्म.

-17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.).

-18 N. of Viṣṇu.

-19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2.

-2 Force (of a statement or an expres- sion); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication].

-21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23.

-22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm.

-Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7).

-अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2.

-अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with finan- cial duties, finance minister.

-अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2).

-अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21.

-अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter.

-अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning.

-2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18.

-3 A new matter or circum- stance, new affair.

-4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from parti- cular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Ins- tances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especi- ally in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi).

-अन्वित a.

1 rich, wealthy.

-2 significant.

-अभिधान a.

1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26.

-2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.).

-अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16.

-अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥

-आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H.

-2 collection of property.

-3 conveying of sense; S. D.737.

-आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः]

1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, im- plication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduc- tion of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has sug- gested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presump- tion of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46.

-2 a figure of speech (according to some rhe- toricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते.

-उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्.

-उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक.

-उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा.

-उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth.

-उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4.

-ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money.

-कर (

-री f.),

-कृत a.

1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3.

-2 useful, advan- tageous.

-कर्मन् n.

1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्).

-2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17.

-काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5.

-कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21.

-काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really).

-किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters.

-कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter.

-2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti.

-कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.

-कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8.

-क्रमः due order or sequ- ence of purpose.

-क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्).

-गत a.

1 based on the sense (as a दोष).

-2 devoid of sense.

-गतिः understanding the sense.

-गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21.

-गृहम् A treasury. Hariv.

-गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27.

-घ्न a. (

घ्नी f.) extrava- gant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8.

-चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya- prakāśa.

-चिन्तक a.

1 thinking of profit.

-2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121.

-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D.

-जात a.

1 full of meaning.

-2 wealthy (जातधन).

(-तम्) 1 a collection of things.

-2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7.

-3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6.

-4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48.

-ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir.

-तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94.

-2 the real nature or cause of anything.

-द a.

1 yielding wealth; Dk.41.

-2 advantageous, productive of good, useful.

-3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19.

-4 favour- able, compliant. (

-दः) N. of Kubera.

-दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge.

-दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155.

-दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48.

-2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due.

-3 finding fault with the meaning.

-4 spoiling of another's property.

-दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21.

-दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg.

-दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17

-द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7.

-नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir.

-निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth.

-निश्चयः determination, decision.

-प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74.

-2 an epithet of Kubera.

-पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45.

-पर, -लुब्ध a.

1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous.

-2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425.

-प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five:-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.)

-प्रयोगः 1 usury.

-2 administration of the affairs (of a state)

-प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13.

-˚त्वम् Inplication.

-बन्धः 1 arrange- ment of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words.

-2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense.

-बुद्धि a. selfish.

-बोधः indication of the (real) import.

-भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property.

-भावनम् Delibera- tion over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28).

-भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant).

-भेदः distinc- tion or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः.

-मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2.

-2 the whole sense or object.

-युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13.

-लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26.

-लाभः acquisition of wealth.

-लोभः avarice.

-वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65.

-वादः 1 declaration of any purpose.

-2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds:- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.)

-3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work.

-4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1.

-विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning.

-विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact.

-2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम्

-विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण).

-विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi.

-विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7.

-विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4.

-विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84.

-विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense.

-विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49.

-वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth.

-व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters.

-शब्दौ Word and sense.

-शालिन् a. Wealthy.

-शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy).

-2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5.

-3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1.

-शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16.

-श्री Great wealth.

-संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth.

-2 treasury.

-संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H.

-संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara.

-सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72.

-समाजः aggregate of causes.

-समाहारः 1 treasure.

-2 acquisition of wealth.

-संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15.

-संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168.

-संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence.

-संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64.

-साधक a.

1 accomplishing any object.

-2 bringing any matter to a conclusion.

-सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42.

-सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words.

-सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21.

-हानिः Loss of wealth

-हारिन् a. stealing money Ks.

-हर a. inheriting wealth.

-हीन a.

1 deprived of wealth, poor.

-2 unmeaning, nonsensical.

-3 failing.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > अर्थः _arthḥ
14 Freitas do Amaral, Diogo

(1941-)

   Legal scholar and teacher, jurist, civil servant, and politician. Born in Povoa de Varzim, Freitas do Amaral's father became a member of parliament in the Estado Novo's National Assembly. A superb student, the young Freitas do Amaral studied law at the Law Faculty, University of Lisbon, and became the top law student and protégé of Professor Marcello Caetano, who in 1968 was selected to replace an ailing Antônio de Oliveira Salazar as prime minister. Freitas do Amaral received his doctorate in law in the late 1960s and remained close to his former law professor, who was now prime minister. In his scholarship on the history of Portuguese law, as well as in his political and social ideology as a conservative, Freitas do Amaral in many respects remained a student, protégé, and follower of Caetano through the period of Caetano's premiership (1968-74) and into the era of the Revolution of 25 April 1974. More than 20 years later, Freitas do Amaral published his memoirs, which focused on the 1968-74 political era, O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-75). This personal portrait of Caetano's tribulations as a sometimes reluctant, well-prepared but probably inappropriately selected national leader remains an invaluable primary source for historical reconstruction.

   During the early months after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Freitas do Amaral entered politics and became a founder of the right-wing Christian Democratic Party (CDS). He served as the party's leader to 1985 and again from 1988 to 1991, and was a member of parliament, the Assembly of the Republic, from 1975 to 1983 and from 1992 to 1993. When the Democratic Alliance, of which the CDS was a part, won elections in 1979-80, Freitas do Amaral served as deputy prime minister and minister of defense and, when Francisco de Sá Carneiro died in a mysterious air crash, Freitas do Amaral briefly served as interim prime minister. He was a candidate for the presidency in the 1986 presidential election, although he lost to Mário Soares. In 1995, he served as President of the United Nations General Assembly. As a European federalist who disagreed with the CDS Euroskeptic line followed by Paulo Portas, Freitas do Amaral broke with his party and resigned from it. Although he was usually regarded as a right-winger, Freitas do Amaral backed the Social Democratic Party in the 2002 Assembly of the Republic elections. Disillusioned with the government's policies and critical of its endorsement of the U.S. invasion of Iraq in March 2003, Freitas do Amaral shifted his support to the Socialist Party in the 2005 election. The new prime minister José Sôcrates named Freitas do Amaral minister of foreign affairs in the XVII Constitutional Government, but the senior jurist and politician resigned after a year in office, for health reasons.

   After many years as a law professor at the New University of Lisbon, in 2007, Freitas do Amaral delivered a final public lecture and retired from academia. He is the author of a biography of King Afonso I, a play, and of various legal and juridical studies and is considered the most eminent living scholar in the fields of administrative and constitutional law.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Freitas do Amaral, Diogo
15 λόγος

λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:

I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).

1 account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2; λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143; οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
; λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
; ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
; τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
; ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph., οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.

b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12; ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.

2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100; λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
; λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.; λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
; παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
; λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95; λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.; λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17; τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27; πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.

3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1), θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
; ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.

4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233; οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt., Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
; τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94; περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements, οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.; λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115; λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
; λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
; λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e); ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70; ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59; σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.

II relation, correspondence, proportion,

1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164; πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36; κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24; κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
; κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
; ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18; ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.

2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2; ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
; λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3; τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.; ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so κατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171); ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).

3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.; εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.

III explanation,

1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515; ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
; ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
; χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
; σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων) ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
; ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.

b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.; ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
; ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.

2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.; ἔχει λ. D.44.32
; οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
; δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29; ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27
; λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl., ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
; οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b; τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.

b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23; ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60; λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.; οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.

c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.

d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31; πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.

3 law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
; πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17; ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102; ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.

4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.

5 reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
; οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2; μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12; οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.

6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e; ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d; τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
; ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
; τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4; πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24; πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.

7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18; ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42; ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169; κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
; ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot., τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.

b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.; γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so without σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
; οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.

c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
; οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4; ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.

IV inward debate of the soul (cf. λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),

1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3), ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7; ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e; ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20; τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.; λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
; τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a; τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29; ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
; μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10; λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b; οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).

2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b; πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17; ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
; οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.; τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
; ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
; οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257; τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).

b creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
; ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
; οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.

V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),

1 fable, Hdt.1.141; Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8; ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13
.

2 legend, ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.); συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
; λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.

3 tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.; συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl., ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b
, cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument) διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d); περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
; ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.

4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc., χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38; δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
; τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
; τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf. λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.

VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).

a pl., without Art., talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
; αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229; ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
; ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.

b sg., expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514; μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.

c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
; ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.; νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
; ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782; λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
; οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
; οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100; οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
; ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19; ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'), λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
; ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.

2 common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
; λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
; οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
; διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
; λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.

b rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.

c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50; μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.

d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4), πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
; λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
; πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
; ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517; οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).

e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf., ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35; ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.; λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.; λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b; λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.

3 discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
; συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
; οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140
; οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39; τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86; ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
; διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
; ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
; ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
; κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.

b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53; λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5; λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1; οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
; δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
; διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.; ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
; οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.

c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
; πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.

d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3), ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b; ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4; ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.

e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c); οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).

VII a particular utterance, saying:

1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59; λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
; οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
; ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.

2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37; ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.; τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.

3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.

4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26; ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.

5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363; ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
; ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.

VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2), λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127; μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124; οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
; οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
; ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35; μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a; ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; also πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).

2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.

b in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
; λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.

3 thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33
, cf. Act.Ap.15.6.

IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14; λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.; λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11; τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1; τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.

2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a
; ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15; κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.

b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.

3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.

b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
; λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.

c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.; τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
; μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.

X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
; ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13; ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος
16 GOÐI

m. heathen priest; chief (in Iceland during the republic).

* * *

a, m. [Ulf, renders ἱερεύς by gudja (ufar-gudja, ahumista-gudja, etc.), ἱερατεία by gudjinassus, ἱερατεύειν by gudjinôn; an Icel. gyði, gen. gyðja, would answer better to the Goth. form, but it never occurs, except that the fem. gyðja = goddess and priestess points not to goði, but to a masc. with a suppressed final i, gyði; a word coting occurs in O. H. G. glossaries, prob. meaning the same; and the form guþi twice occurs on Danish-Runic stones in Nura-guþi and Saulva-guþi, explained as goði by P. G. Thorsen, Danske Runem.; (Rafn’s explanation and reading of Nura-guþi qs. norðr á Gauði, is scarcely right): with this exception this word is nowhere recorded till it appears in Icel., where it got a wide historical bearing]:—prop. a priest, sacerdos, and hence a liege-lord or chief of the Icel. Commonwealth.

A. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—The Norse chiefs who settled in Icel., finding the country uninhabited, solemnly took possession of the land (land-nám, q. v.); and in order to found a community they built a temple, and called themselves by the name of goði or hof-goði, ‘temple-priest;’ and thus the temple became the nucleus of the new community, which was called goðorð, n.:—hence hof-goði, temple-priest, and höfðingi, chief, became synonymous, vide Eb. passim. Many independent goðar and goðorð sprang up all through the country, until about the year 930 the alþingi (q. v.) was erected, where all the petty sovereign chiefs (goðar) entered into a kind of league, and laid the foundation of a general government for the whole island. In 964 A. D. the constitution was finally settled, the number of goðorð being fixed at three in each þing ( shire), and three þing in each of the three other quarters, (but four in the north); thus the number of goðar came to be nominally thirty-nine, really thirty-six, as the four in the north were only reckoned as three, vide Íb. ch. 5. On the introduction of Christianity the goðar lost their priestly character, but kept the name; and the new bishops obtained seats in the Lögrétta (vide biskup). About the year 1004 there were created new goðar (and goðorð), who had to elect judges to the Fifth Court, but they had no seats in the Lögrétta, and since that time the law distinguishes between forn ( old) and ný ( new) goðorð;—in Glúm. ch. 1 the word forn is an anachronism. It is curious that, especially in the 12th century, the goðar used to take the lesser Orders from political reasons, in order to resist the Romish clergy, who claimed the right of forbidding laymen to be lords of churches or to deal with church matters; thus the great chief Jón Loptsson was a sub-deacon; at last, about 1185, the archbishop of Norway forbade the bishops of Icel. to ordain any holder of a goðorð, unless they first gave up the goðorð, fyrir því bjóðum vér biskupum at vígja eigi þá menn er goðorð hafa, D. I. i. 291. In the middle of the 13th century the king of Norway induced the goðar to hand their power over to him, and thus the union with Norway was finally brought about in the year 1262; since that time, by the introduction of new codes (1272 and 1281), the name and dignity of goðar and goðorð disappeared altogether, so that the name begins and ends with the Commonwealth.

B. DUTIES.—In the alþingi the goðar were invested with the Lögrettu-skipan (q. v.), that is to say, they composed the Lögrétta (the Legislative consisting of forty-eight members—on the irregularity of the number vide Íb. ch. 5), and were the lawgivers of the country; secondly, they had the dómnefna (q. v.), or right of naming the men who were to sit in the courts, vide dómr:—as to their duties in the quarter-parliaments (vár-þing) vide Grág. Þ. Þ. and the Sagas. The authority of the goðar over their liegemen at home was in olden times somewhat patriarchal, vide e. g. the curious passage in Hænsaþ. S. ch. 2; though no section of law relating to this interesting part of the old history is on record, we can glean much information from the Sagas. It is to be borne in mind that the goðar of the Saga time (10th century) and those of the Grágás and Sturlunga time (12th and 13th centuries) were very different; the former were a kind of sovereign chiefs, who of free will entered into a league; the latter had become officials, who for neglecting their duties in parliament might be fined, and even forfeit the goðorð to their liegemen, vide Grág. Þ. Þ. Neither þing (q. v.) nor goðorð was ever strictly geographical (such is the opinion of Konrad Maurer), but changed from time to time; the very word goðorð is defined as ‘power’ (veldi), and was not subject to the payment of tithe, K. Þ. K. 142. The goðorð could be parcelled out by inheritance or by sale; or they might, as was the case in the latter years of the Commonwealth, accumulate in one hand, vide esp. Sturl. passim, and Grág. The liegemen (þingmenn) were fully free to change their lords (ganga í lög með goða, ganga ór lögum); every franklin (þingmaðr) had in parliament to declare his þingfesti, i. e. to name his liegeship, and say to what goði and þing he belonged, and the goði had to acknowledge him; so that a powerful or skilful chief might have liegemen scattered all over the country. But the nomination to the courts and the right of sitting in the legislative body were always bound to the old names, as fixed by the settlement of the year 964; and any one who sought the name or influence of a goði had first (by purchase, inheritance, or otherwise) to become possessor of a share of one of the old traditionary goðorð; see the interesting chapter in Nj. The three goðar in one þing ( shire) were called sam-goða, joint-goðar; for the sense of allsherjar-goði vide p. 17.

C. NAMES.—Sometimes a chief’s name referred to the god whom he especially worshipped, as Freys-Goði, Hrafn., Gísl., whence Freys-gyðlingar, q. v.; (the ör-goði is dubious); more frequently the name referred to the liegemen or county, e. g. Ljósvetninga-Goði, Tungu-Goði, etc.; but in the Saga time, goði was often added to the name almost as a cognomen, and with some, as Snorri, it became a part of their name (as Cato Censor in Latin); hann varðveitti þá hof, var hann þá kallaðr Snorri Goði, Eb. 42; seg, at sá sendi, er meiri vin var húsfreyjunnar at Fróðá en Goðans at Helgafelli, 332. Names on record in the Sagas:—men living from A. D. 874 to 964, Hallsteinn Goði, Landn., Eb.; Sturla Goði, Landn. 65; Jörundr Goði and Hróarr Tungu-Goði, id.; Ljótólfr Goði, Sd.; Hrafnkell Freys-Goði, Hrafn.; Oddr Tungu-Goði, Landn.; Þormóðr Karnár-Goði, Vd.; Áskell Goði, Rd.; Úlfr Ör-goði, Landn.; Grímkell Goði, Harð. S.; Þorgrímr Freys-goði, Gísl. 100, 110:—964 to 1030, Arnkell Goði, Landn., Eb.; Þorgrímr Goði, Eb.; Geirr Goði, Landn., Nj.; Runólfr Goði, id.; Þóroddr Goði, Kristni S.; Þormóðr Allsherjar-Goði, Landn.; Þorgeirr Goði, or Ljósvetninga-Goði, Nj., Landn.; (Þorkell Krafla) Vatnsdæla-Goði, Vd.; Helgi Hofgarða-Goði, Landn., Eb.; Snorri Hlíðarmanna-Goði, Lv.; Þórarinn Langdæla-Goði, Heiðarv. S.; and last, not least, Snorri Goði:—in the following period goði appears, though very rarely, as an appellative, e. g. Þormóðr Skeiðar-Goði (about 1100):—of the new goðar of 1004, Höskuldr Hvítaness-Goði, Nj.:—used ironically, Ingjaldr Sauðeyja-Goði, Ld.

2. goðorð mentioned by name,—in the south, Allsherjar-goðorð, Landn. (App.) 336; Dalverja-goðorð, Sturl. ii. 48; Lundarmanna-goðorð, i. 223; Reykhyltinga-goðorð, 104, iii. 166, 169; Bryndæla-goðorð, Kjaln. S. 402: in the north, Ljósvetninga-goðorð, Lv. ch. 30; Möðruvellinga-goðorð, Bs. i. 488; Vatnsdæla-goðorð, Fs. 68; Fljótamanna-goðorð, Sturl. i. 138: in the west, Snorrunga-goðorð, 55; Jöklamanna-goðorð, iii. 166; Rauðmelinga-goðorð, Eb. 288; Reyknesinga-goðorð, Sturl. i. 9, 19; Þórsnesinga-goðorð, 198: the new godords of the Fifth Court, Laufæsinga-goðorð, Nj. 151; Melamanna-goðorð, id., Band., Sturl. i. 227. Passages in the Sagas and Laws referring to goðar and goðorð are very numerous, e. g. Íb. ch. 5, Nj. ch. 98, Grág., Lögréttu-þáttr, and Þ. Þ. passim, esp. ch. 1–5, 17, 35, 37, 39, 44, 58, 60, 61, Lv. ch. 4 (interesting), Vd. ch. 27, 41 (in fine), and 42, Vápn., Hrafn. ch. 2, Eb. ch. 10, 56, Sturl. iii. 98, 104, passim; for the accumulation of godords, see i. 227 (3, 22), Bs. i. 54; for the handing over the godords to the king of Norway, D. I. i; and esp. article 3 of the Sáttmáli, D. I. i. 631, 632. The godords were tithe-free, ef maðr á goðorð, ok þarf eigi þat til tíundar at telja, vald er þat en eigi fé:, K. Þ. K. 142.

COMPDS: goðakviðr, goðalýrittr, goðaþáttr.

II. = goð, i. e. good genius, in the Icel. game at dice called goða-tafl, with the formula, heima ræð eg goða minn bæði vel og lengi, … og kasta eg svo fyrir þig, cp. also ást-goði.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GOÐI
17 branch

род войск; служба; вид ВС; отдел, отделение, часть ( штаба) ; боевая часть, БЧ ( корабля)

Soldiers, Sailors and Airmen's Families Association Officers' Widows branch — Бр. отдел офицерских вдов Ассоциации семей военнослужащих СВ, ВВС и ВМС

— Adjutant and QM General branch

— administrative law and claims branch

— Air Force Magazine and Book branch

— Air Force Speakers branch

— amphibious warfare presentation branch

— Army Historical branch

— artillery branch

— awards branch

— basic branch

— branch immaterial

— branch material

— combat requirements branch

— combatant branch

— criminal law branch

— embarkation branch

— Enlisted Retiree Affairs branch

— executive branch

— General Duties branch

— General Staff branch

— initial deployment branch

— instructor branch

— legal assistance branch

— legal branch

— line branches

— Manpower branch

— materiel deployment branch

— no branch

— officer assignment control branch

— operation branch

— personnel branch

— psychological warfare branch

— QM branch

— recruiting administration branch

— secretarial branch

— service branch

— special branch

— Special Investigation branch

— special project branch

— special weapons branch

— Standing By-Laws branch

— Treasury branch

— War Plans branch

English-Russian military dictionary > branch
18 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:

IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis

JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association

SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)

PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)

PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly

WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)

PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)

\

О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts

\

1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.

2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.

3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.

5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.

6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.

7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.

8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.

9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.

10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.

11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.

12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.

15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.

16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.

17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.

19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.

20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.

21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.

22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.

23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.

24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.

25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.

27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.

28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.

29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.

31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.

32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.

33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.

34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.

36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.

37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.

38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.

39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.

40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.

41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).

42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.

43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.

44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.

45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.

47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.

48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.

49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.

50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.

51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.

52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.

53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.

54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.

55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.

56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.

57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.

58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.

59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.

60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.

61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.

62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.

63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.

64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.

65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.

66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.

67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.

68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.

69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.

70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.

71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.

72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.

73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.

74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.

75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.

76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.

77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).

78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.

79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.

80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.

81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.

82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.

83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.

85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.

86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.

87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.

88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.

89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.

90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.

91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.

92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.

93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.

94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.

95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.

96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.

98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.

99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.

100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.

101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.

102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.

103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.

104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.

105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.

106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.

107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.

110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.

111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.

112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.

114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.

116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.

117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.

119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.

120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.

121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.

122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.

123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.

125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.

126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.

127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.

128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.

129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.

130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.

133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.

134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.

135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.

136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.

137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.

140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.

141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.

142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.

143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.

144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.

145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.

147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.

148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.

149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.

150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.

151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.

152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.

153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.

154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.

155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.

156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.

157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.

158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.

159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.

161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.

164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.

165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.

166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.

167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.

168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.

170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.

171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.

173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.

174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.

175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.

176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.

177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.

178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.

179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.

180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.

181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.

183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.

184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.

185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.

186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.

187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.

188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.

189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.

190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.

193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.

195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.

196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.

198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.

199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.

200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.

201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.

202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.

203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.

204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.

205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.

207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.

210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.

211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.

212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.

214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.

215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.

216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.

218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.

220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.

221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.

222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.

223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.

224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.

225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.

226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.

227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.

228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.

229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.

230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).

231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.

232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.

233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.

235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.

236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.

237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.

240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.

241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.

242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.

243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.

244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).

245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.

246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.

247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.

248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.

249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.

250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.

251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.

252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.

253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.

254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.

255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.

256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.

257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.

258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.

259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.

260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.

261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.

262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.

263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.

264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.

265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.

266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.

267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.

268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.

271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.

272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.

273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.

274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.

275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.

276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.

277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.

278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.

279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.

280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.

281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.

282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.

283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.

284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.

285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.

286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.

287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.

288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.

289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.

290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.

292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.

293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.

295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.

296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.

297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.

298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.

299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.

300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.

301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.

302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.

303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.

304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.

305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.

306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.

308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.

309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.

311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.

312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.

313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.

314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.

315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.

316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.

317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.

318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.

319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.

320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.

321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.

322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.

323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.

324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.

326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.

327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.

330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.

331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.

332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.

335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.

336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.

337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.

338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.

339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).

341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.

342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.

344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).

345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.

346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.

347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.

348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.

349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.

350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.

354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.

355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.

356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.

357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.

358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.

359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.

360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.

366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.

367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.

368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.

369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.

371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.

372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.

373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.

374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.

375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.

376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.

377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.

379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.

380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.

381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.

383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.

384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.

385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.

386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.

387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.

390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.

391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.

392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.

395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).

396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.

397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.

399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.

401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.

402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.

403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.

404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.

405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.

406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.

407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.

409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).

410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.

411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.

412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.

414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.

415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.

416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.

417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.

418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.

420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.

422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.

423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.

424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.

425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.

426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).

427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.

428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.

429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.

430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.

432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.

433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.

434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.

435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.

436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.

437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.

438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.

439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.

440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.

441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).

442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.

443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.

444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.

445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.

447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.

449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.

450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.

451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.

458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.

459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.

460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.

461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.

462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.

463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.

464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.

465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.

466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.

467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.

468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.

470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.

471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.

474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.

475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.

476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.

477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.

478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.

479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.

480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.

481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.

482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.

483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.

484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.

485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.

486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.

487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).

488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.

489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.

490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.

491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.

492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.

493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.

494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.

495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.

496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.

498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.

499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.

501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.

502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.

503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.

504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.

505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.

506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.

507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.

508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.

510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.

511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.

512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.

514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.

516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.

517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.

518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.

521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.

522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.

524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.

525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.

526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.

527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.

529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.

530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.

531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.

532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.

533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.

534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.

535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.

536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.

538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.

539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.

540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.

544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.

545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.

548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.

549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.

550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.

551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.

552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.

553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.

554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.

555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.

556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.

558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.

560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.

561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.

562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.

564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.

565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.

566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.

567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.

568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.

569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.

570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.

571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.

572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.

573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.

577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.

578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.

579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.

580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.

581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.

582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.

585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.

586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.

589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.

590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.

591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.

592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.

593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.

595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.

596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.

597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.

598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.

599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.

600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.

601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.

602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.

604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.

606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).

608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.

609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.

610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.

612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.

613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.

614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.

615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.

617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.

618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.

621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.

623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.

626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.

627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.

628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.

629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.

631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.

633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.

634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.

635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.

636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.

637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.

638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.

639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.

640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.

642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.

644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.

645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.

646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.

647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.

648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.

649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.

650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.

652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.

653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.

654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.

655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.

656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.

657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.

658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.

659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.

660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.

661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.

662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.

663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.

664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.

665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.

666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.

667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.

668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.

669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.

670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.

671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.

672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.

673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.

674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.

675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.

676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.

677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.

678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.

679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.

681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.

682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.

684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.

685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.

687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.

688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.

690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.

691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.

692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.

693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.

695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.

696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.

697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.

698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.

699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.

700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.

702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.

703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.

704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.

706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.

707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.

708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.

709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.

711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.

712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.

713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.

714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.

715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.

716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.

717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.

718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.

719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.

721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.

722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.

723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.

724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.

725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.

726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.

727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.

728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.

729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.

731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).

733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.

734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.

735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.

736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.

737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.

738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.

739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.

740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.

742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.

743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.

744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.

745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.

746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.

747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.

748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.

750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.

752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.

753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.

754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.

755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.

756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.

757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.

759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.

760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.

762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.

763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.

764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.

765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.

766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.

768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.

769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.

770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.

771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.

772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.

773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.

774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.

775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.

776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.

777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.

778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.

779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.

780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.

782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.

783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.

784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.

785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.

787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.

788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.

789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.

790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.

791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.

793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.

794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.

795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.

796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.

797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.

798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.

799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.

800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.

801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.

802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.

803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.

806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.

807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.

808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.

809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.

810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.

812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.

813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.

815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.

816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.

817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.

818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.

819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).

821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.

822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.

825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.

826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.

828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.

829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.

830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.

831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.

832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.

833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.

834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.

835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.

836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.

838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.

839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.

840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.

841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.

842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.

843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.

845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.

847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.

848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.

849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).

850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.

852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.

853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.

854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.

855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).

856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.

857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.

858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.

861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.

862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.

865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.

866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.

867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.

868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.

869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.

870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.

871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.

872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.

873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.

874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.

875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.

876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.

877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.

878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.

879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.

880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.

881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.

882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.

885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).

886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.

887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).

889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.

891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.

894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.

895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.

898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.

899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.

900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.

901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.

902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.

903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.

904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
19 grande

adj.

1 big, large.

este traje me está o me queda grande this suit is too big for me

un gran artista a great artist

el gran favorito the firm favorite

una gran figura a big name

una gran parte de mi trabajo implica… a large part of my job involves…

una gran responsabilidad a heavy responsibility

a lo grande in a big way, in style

grandes almacenes department store

gran angular (photography) wide-angle lens

Gran Bretaña Great Britain

el Gran Cañón the Grand Canyon

gran danés great Dane

gran éxito smash (hit) (disco, libro)

los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes

la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China)

el gran público the general public

gran superficie (commerce) hypermarket (peninsular Spanish)

2 old (de edad). (Mexican Spanish, River Plate)

3 fantastic(informal). ( River Plate)

4 magnus, Mag, magnum.

5 grand, formidable, majestical, stately.

m.

grandee (noble).

* * *

grande

► adjetivo

1 (tamaño) large, big

■ esta casa es demasiado grande para ellos dos this house is too big for the two of them

2 (fuerte, intenso) great

■ su partida les produjo una pena muy grande his departure caused them great sorrow

3 (mayor) grown-up, old, big

► nombre masculino

1 (de elevada jerarquía) great

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo grande on a grand scale, in a big way

estar grande una cosa a alguien to be too big on somebody

pasarlo en grande familiar to have a great time

vivir a lo grande figurado to live in style

Grande de España grandee Table 1 NOTA See also gran/Table 1

* * *

adj.

1) big

2) large

3) great

* * *

1. ADJ
( antes de sm sing gran)
1) [de tamaño] big, large; [de estatura] big, tall; [número, velocidad] high, great

viven en una casa muy grande — they live in a very big o large house

¿cómo es de grande? — how big o large is it?, what size is it?

los zapatos le están muy grandes — the shoes are too big for her

en cantidades más grandes — in larger o greater quantities

grandísimo — enormous, huge

un esfuerzo grandísimo — an enormous effort, a huge effort

un coche grandísimo — a whacking great car *

¡grandísimo tunante! — you old rogue!

el gran Buenos Aires — greater Buenos Aires

- a lo grande

hacer algo a lo grande — to do sth in style, make a splash doing sth *

vivir a lo grande — to live in style

- quedarle algo grande a algn

- pasarlo en grande

2) (=importante) [artista, hazaña] great; [empresa] big

un gran pintor — a great painter

un gran desastre — a great disaster

es una ventaja muy grande — it's a great advantage

hay una diferencia no muy grande — there is not a very big o great difference

los grandes bancos internacionales — the big international banks

las grandes empresas multinacionales — the big multinationals

la gran mayoría — the great majority

3) (=mucho, muy) great

con gran placer — with great pleasure

fueron grandes amigos — they were great friends

he sentido una gran pena — I felt very sad

me llevé una alegría muy grande — I felt very happy

comer con gran apetito — to eat hungrily

un mes de gran calor — a very hot month

un programa de gran éxito — a very successful programme

se estrenó con gran éxito — it was a great success, it went off very well

4) [en edad]
(=mayor)
ya eres grande, Raúl — you are a big boy now, Raúl

¿qué piensas hacer cuando seas grande? — what do you want to do when you grow up?

5)

¡qué grande! — Arg * how funny!

2. SMF

1) (=personaje importante)

los grandes de la industria — the major companies in the industry

uno de los grandes de la pantalla — one of the screen greats

los siete grandes — the Big Seven

Grande de España — grandee

2) LAm (=adulto) adult

3. SF

1) Arg [de lotería] first prize, big prize

2) And ** (=cárcel) clink **, jail

* * *
I
adjetivo [ gran is used before singular nouns]

1)

a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> big

un tipo grande — a big guy

b) ( en demasía) too big

me queda or me está grande — it's too big for me

quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody

2) ( alto) tall

qué grande está Andrés! — isn't Andrés tall!

3) (Geog)

el Gran Santiago — Greater Santiago

4) ( en edad)

los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own

cuando sea grande — when I grow up

ya son grandes — they are all grown up now

5) (delante del n)

a) (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine

b) ( poderoso) big

los grandes bancos — the big banks

los grandes señores feudales — the great feudal lords

a lo grande — in style

6)

a) (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena — it caused me great sadness

un día de gran calor — a very hot day

me llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!

una gran explosión — a powerful explosion

es un gran honor — it is a great honor

una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season

son grandes amigos — they're great friends

b) ( uso enfático)

eso es una gran verdad — that is absolutely true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza — you're a real swine (colloq)

qué mentira más grande! — that's a complete lie!

7)

a) ( en número) < familia> large, big; < clase> big

la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters

b) ( elevado)

a gran velocidad — at high o great speed

volar a gran altura — to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura — a very tall building

un gran número de personas — a large number of people

objetos de gran valor — objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)

•

- grandes almacenes

- gran danés

- Gran Guerra

- gran ópera

- Gran Premio

- gran público
II
masculino, femenino

1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name

2)

a) ( mayor)

quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada — their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto)

los grandes — the grown-ups

•

- Grande de España

* * *

= vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.

Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

Ex. Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.

Ex. Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.

Ex. The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.

Ex. The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.

Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.

Ex. Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.

Ex. In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.

Ex. Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.

Ex. A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.

Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.

Ex. It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.

Ex. There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.

Ex. The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.

Ex. However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.

Ex. The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.

Ex. Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.

Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.

Ex. I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.

----

* a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.

* a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.

* a gran velocidad = at great speed.

* a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.

* armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.

* avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.

* bastante grande = largish.

* calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.

* causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.

* causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.

* celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.

* con una gran cultura = well-read.

* con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.

* con una gran tradición = long-standing.

* con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.

* con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.

* convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.

* correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* crear con gran destreza = craft.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* demasiado grande = oversized.

* describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.

* desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.

* en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.

* en un gran apuro = in dire straits.

* esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.

* extra grande = extra-large.

* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.

* gran altura = high altitude.

* gran aumento = heavy increase.

* gran bebedor = heavy drinker.

* gran belleza = scenic beauty.

* Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.

* gran calidad = high standard.

* gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.

* gran categoría = high standard.

* gran cosa = big deal.

* gran danés = Great Dane.

* Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.

* grandes almacenes = department store.

* grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.

* grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.

* grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.

* grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.

* grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.

* grandes y pequeños = great and small.

* grande y tenebroso = cavernous.

* gran ducado = grand-duchy.

* gran espectáculo = extravaganza.

* gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.

* gran grupo = constellation.

* gran mentira = big fat lie.

* gran nivel = high standard.

* gran número de = great numbers of.

* gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.

* gran parte = much.

* gran parte de = much of.

* gran peso = heavy weight.

* gran placer = great pleasure.

* gran potencia = great power.

* gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.

* gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.

* gran titular = headline banner.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.

* hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.

* IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).

* influir en gran medida = become + a force.

* jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.

* jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* más grande = greater.

* muy grande = big time.

* Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.

* pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.

* Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.

* pensar a lo grande = think + big.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.

* producir con gran destreza = craft.

* provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.

* recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.

* ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran avance = be half the battle.

* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.

* taza grande = mug.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.

* tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.

* tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.

* una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.

* una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.

* una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.

* una gran extensión de = a sea of.

* una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.

* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.

* una gran pérdida = a great loss.

* una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.

* una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* un gran espectro de = a wide band of.

* un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.

* un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].

* un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.

* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).

* * *
I
adjetivo [ gran is used before singular nouns]

1)

a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> big

un tipo grande — a big guy

b) ( en demasía) too big

me queda or me está grande — it's too big for me

quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody

2) ( alto) tall

qué grande está Andrés! — isn't Andrés tall!

3) (Geog)

el Gran Santiago — Greater Santiago

4) ( en edad)

los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own

cuando sea grande — when I grow up

ya son grandes — they are all grown up now

5) (delante del n)

a) (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine

b) ( poderoso) big

los grandes bancos — the big banks

los grandes señores feudales — the great feudal lords

a lo grande — in style

6)

a) (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena — it caused me great sadness

un día de gran calor — a very hot day

me llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!

una gran explosión — a powerful explosion

es un gran honor — it is a great honor

una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season

son grandes amigos — they're great friends

b) ( uso enfático)

eso es una gran verdad — that is absolutely true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza — you're a real swine (colloq)

qué mentira más grande! — that's a complete lie!

7)

a) ( en número) < familia> large, big; < clase> big

la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters

b) ( elevado)

a gran velocidad — at high o great speed

volar a gran altura — to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura — a very tall building

un gran número de personas — a large number of people

objetos de gran valor — objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)

•

- grandes almacenes

- gran danés

- Gran Guerra

- gran ópera

- Gran Premio

- gran público
II
masculino, femenino

1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name

2)

a) ( mayor)

quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada — their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto)

los grandes — the grown-ups

•

- Grande de España

* * *

= vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.

Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

Ex: Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.

Ex: Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.

Ex: The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.

Ex: The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.

Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.

Ex: Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.

Ex: In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.

Ex: Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.

Ex: A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.

Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.

Ex: It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.

Ex: There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.

Ex: The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.

Ex: However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.

Ex: The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.

Ex: Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.

Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.

Ex: I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.

* a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.

* a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.

* a gran velocidad = at great speed.

* a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.

* armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.

* avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.

* bastante grande = largish.

* calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.

* causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.

* causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.

* celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.

* con una gran cultura = well-read.

* con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.

* con una gran tradición = long-standing.

* con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.

* con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.

* convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.

* correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* crear con gran destreza = craft.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* demasiado grande = oversized.

* describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.

* desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.

* en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.

* en un gran apuro = in dire straits.

* esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.

* extra grande = extra-large.

* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.

* gran altura = high altitude.

* gran aumento = heavy increase.

* gran bebedor = heavy drinker.

* gran belleza = scenic beauty.

* Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.

* gran calidad = high standard.

* gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.

* gran categoría = high standard.

* gran cosa = big deal.

* gran danés = Great Dane.

* Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.

* grandes almacenes = department store.

* grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.

* grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.

* grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.

* grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.

* grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.

* grandes y pequeños = great and small.

* grande y tenebroso = cavernous.

* gran ducado = grand-duchy.

* gran espectáculo = extravaganza.

* gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.

* gran grupo = constellation.

* gran mentira = big fat lie.

* gran nivel = high standard.

* gran número de = great numbers of.

* gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.

* gran parte = much.

* gran parte de = much of.

* gran peso = heavy weight.

* gran placer = great pleasure.

* gran potencia = great power.

* gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.

* gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.

* gran titular = headline banner.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.

* hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.

* IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).

* influir en gran medida = become + a force.

* jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.

* jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* más grande = greater.

* muy grande = big time.

* Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.

* pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.

* Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.

* pensar a lo grande = think + big.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.

* producir con gran destreza = craft.

* provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.

* recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.

* ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran avance = be half the battle.

* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.

* taza grande = mug.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.

* tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.

* tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.

* una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.

* una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.

* una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.

* una gran extensión de = a sea of.

* una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.

* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.

* una gran pérdida = a great loss.

* una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.

* una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* un gran espectro de = a wide band of.

* un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.

* un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].

* un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.

* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).

* * *

grande¹

adjective

[ gran is used before singular nouns]

A

1 (en dimensiones) large, big

se mudaron a una casa más grande they moved to a larger o bigger house

sus grandes ojos negros her big dark eyes

un tipo grande, ancho de hombros a big, broad-shouldered guy

una chica grandota, fortachona ( fam); a big, strong girl, a strapping lass ( BrE colloq)

tiene la boca/nariz grande she has a big mouth/nose

abra la boca más grande open wider

2 (en demasía) too big

¿esto será grande para Daniel? do you think this is too big for Daniel?

estos zapatos me quedan or me están grandes these shoes are too big for me

quedarle or ( Esp) venirle grande a algn «puesto/responsabilidad» to be too much for sb

B (alto) tall

¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!, hasn't Andrés gotten* tall!

C ( Geog):

el Gran Buenos Aires/Bilbao Greater Buenos Aires/Bilbao

D

1

( esp AmL) ‹niño/chico› (en edad): los más grandes pueden ir solos the older o bigger ones can go on their own

ya eres grande y puedes comer solito you're a big boy now and you can feed yourself

cuando sea grande quiero ser bailarina when I grow up I want to be a ballet dancer

mis hijos ya son grandes my children are all grown up now

2

( Arg) (maduro, mayor): es una mujer grande she isn't a young woman o she's a mature woman

está saliendo con un tipo grande she's going out with an older guy

E ( delante del n)

1 (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/artista/vino a great man/artist/wine

la gran dama del teatro the grande dame of the theater

2 (poderoso) big

los grandes bancos/industriales the big banks/industrialists

los grandes señores feudales the great feudal lords

a lo grande in style

3

(en importancia): son grandes amigos they're great friends

grandes fumadores heavy smokers

F ( fam)

(increíble): ¡qué cosa más grande! ¡ya te he dicho 20 veces que no lo sé! this is unbelievable! I've told you 20 times already that I don't know!

¿no es grande que ahora me echen la culpa a mí? ( iró); and now they blame me; great, isn't it? ( iro)

G

1 (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena it caused me great sadness

me has dado una gran alegría you have made me very happy

comió con gran apetito she ate hungrily o heartily

un día de gran calor a very hot day

los grandes fríos del 47 the great o big freeze of '47

me llevé un susto más grande … I got such a fright

para mi gran vergüenza to my great embarrassment

se produjo una gran explosión there was a powerful explosion

es un gran honor para mí it is a great honor* for me

ha sido una temporada de gran éxito it has been a very o a highly successful season

no corre gran prisa it is not very urgent

las paredes tienen gran necesidad de una mano de pintura the walls are very much in need of a coat of paint

2

(uso enfático): eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely o very true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza you're a real swine ( colloq)

ésa es la mentira más grande que he oído that's the biggest lie I've ever heard

¡qué gran novedad! ( iró); you don't say! o what a surprise! ( iro)

H

1 (en número) ‹familia› large, big; ‹clase› big

la gran mayoría de los votantes the great o vast majority of the voters

dedican gran parte de su tiempo a la investigación they devote much of o a great deal of their time to research

esto se debe en gran parte a que … this is largely due to the fact that …

2

(elevado): a gran velocidad at high o great speed

volar a gran altura to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura a very tall building

un gran número de personas a large number of people

objetos de gran valor objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos or nos divertimos en grande we had a great time ( colloq)

Compuestos:

● gran angular

masculine wide-angle lens

● gran capital

masculine:

el gran capital big business

● gran danés

masculine Great Dane

● Gran Depresión

feminine:

la Gran Depresión the Great Depression

● gran explosión

( Astron): la gran explosión the Big Bang

● Gran Guerra

feminine:

la Gran Guerra the Great War

● gran hermano

masculine Big Brother

el gran hermano te observa or te vigila Big Brother is watching you

● Gran Maestre

masculine Grand Master

● gran maestro

masculine grand master

● gran maestro internacional

masculine international grand master

● gran ópera

feminine grand opera

● Gran Premio

masculine Grand Prix

● gran público

masculine:

el gran público the general public

● gran reserva

feminine gran reserva (↑ grana a1)

● gran simpático

masculine ( Anat):

el gran simpático the sympathetic nervous system

● gran superficie

feminine ( Esp) large supermarket, hypermarket ( BrE)

● grandes almacenes

mpl department store

grande²

masculine, feminine

A (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name, leading player

uno de los tres grandes de la industria automovilística one of the big three names o one of the big three in the car industry

B ( esp AmL)

1

(mayor): quiero ir con los grandes I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada their eldest (daughter) is already married

2 (adulto) grown-up

Compuesto:

Grande de España

(Spanish) grandee o nobleman

grande³

feminine

( RPl)

la grande the big prize, the jackpot

sacarse la grande (literal) to win the big prize o the jackpot

se sacó la grande con ese marido she hit the jackpot with that husband

* * *

grande adjetivo
◊ gran is used before singular nouns

1
a) ( en dimensiones) ‹casa/área/nariz› big, large;

◊ un tipo grande a big guy;

unos grande almacenes a department store
b) ( en demasía) too big;

◊ me queda grande it's too big for me

c) ( en número) ‹ familia› large, big;

‹ clase› big;
la gran parte or mayoría the great majority
2
a) ( alto) tall;

◊ ¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!

b) ( en edad):

◊ cuando sea grande when I grow up;

ya son grandes they are all grown up now
3 (Geog):
◊ el Ggrande Santiago Greater Santiago

4 ( delante del n)
a) (notable, excelente) great;

◊ un gran hombre a great man

b) ( poderoso) big;

◊ los grandes bancos the big banks;

a lo grande in style
5
a) (en intensidad, grado) ‹pena/honor/ventaja› great;

‹ explosión› powerful;
◊ ¡me llevé un susto más grande … ! I got such a fright!;

una temporada de gran éxito a very o a highly successful season;
son grandes amigos they're great friends;
eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely true;
¡qué mentira más grande! that's a complete lie!
b) ( elevado):

◊ a gran velocidad at high o great speed;

volar a gran altura to fly at a great height;
un gran número de personas a large number of people;
objetos de gran valor objects of great value;
en grande: lo pasamos en grande we had a great time (colloq)
■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
a) ( mayor):

◊ la grande ya está casada their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto):

◊ los grandes the grown-ups

grande adjetivo
1 (tamaño) big, large
grandes almacenes, department stores
2 (cantidad) large
3 fig (fuerte, intenso) great: es un gran músico, he is a great musician
♦ Locuciones: a lo grande, in style
figurado pasarlo en grande, to have a great time
' grande' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- alfombra
- ampliar
- ampliación
- armatoste
- así
- bastante
- bestial
- bloque
- buena
- bueno
- cabezón
- cabezona
- cabezudo
- cajón
- calabacín
- campeonato
- cantidad
- canto
- ciudad
- colosal
- consideración
- fenomenal
- formidable
- gran
- hermosa
- hermoso
- incalculable
- ingeniosa
- ingenioso
- mía
- mío
- monstruosa
- monstruoso
- monumental
- nuestra
- nuestro
- pila
- puerta
- quedar
- señor
- suficientemente
- suma
- sumo
- terraza
- tirada
- tremenda
- tremendo
- venir
- bailar
English:
abnormally
- above
- ample
- army
- awful
- bag
- baggy
- bay
- big
- boat
- border
- box
- breaker
- brush
- bulk
- carve
- cauldron
- cushion
- deposit
- enough
- extend
- grand
- great
- grow
- hers
- in
- integrate
- large
- lion
- manufacturer
- marrow
- mighty
- mine
- outrank
- overgrown
- paving stone
- place
- roller
- set on
- set upon
- slight
- spanking
- style
- tablespoonful
- tea urn
- temptation
- terrific
- time
- to
- tub

* * *

grande gran is used instead of grande before singular nouns (e.g. gran hombre great man).

♦ adj

1. [de tamaño] big, large;

este traje me está o [m5] me queda grande this suit is too big for me;

el gran Buenos Aires/Santiago greater Buenos Aires/Santiago, the metropolitan area of Buenos Aires/Santiago;
Fig
el cargo le viene grande he's not up to the job;
Fam
pagó con un billete de los grandes he paid with a large note

Comp
grandes almacenes department store; Fot gran angular wide-angle lens;
la Gran Barrera de Coral the Great Barrier Reef;

Gran Bretaña Great Britain;

el Gran Cañón (del Colorado) the Grand Canyon;

gran danés Great Dane;
Hist la Gran Depresión the Great Depression;
gran ducado grand duchy;

la Gran Explosión the Big Bang;

la Gran Guerra the Great War;

los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes;

gran maestro [en ajedrez] grand master;
Hist Gran Mogol Mogul;
la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China);
Dep Gran Premio Grand Prix; Hist el Gran Salto Adelante the Great Leap Forward;
gran simio antropoide great ape;

gran slam [en tenis] grand slam;
Esp Com gran superficie hypermarket
2. [de altura] tall;

¡qué grande está tu hermano! your brother's really grown!

3. [en importancia] great;

una gran mujer a great woman;

los grandes bancos the major banks;

la gran mayoría está a favor del proyecto the great o overwhelming majority are in favour of the project;

el éxito se debe en gran parte a su esfuerzo the success is largely due to her efforts, the success is in no small measure due to her efforts

4. [en intensidad] great;

es un gran mentiroso he's a real liar;

¡qué alegría más grande! what joy!

5. Fam [adulto]
cuando sea grande quiere ser doctora she wants to be a doctor when she grows up;

me dijeron que todavía no soy grande como para salir solo they told me I'm not big enough to go out on my own yet

6. Méx, RP [de edad]
cuando se casó ya era grande she was already quite old when she got married;

siempre se llevó bien con gente más grande he always got on well with older people

7. RP Fam [fantástico] fantastic, Br brilliant

8. RP Irónico [genial] great;

ayer le hice un favor y hoy me vuelve la espalda, ¡grande! great! I did him a favour and now he doesn't want to know!

9. Comp
Fam
hacer algo a lo grande to do sth in a big way o in style;

vivir a lo grande to live in style;

pasarlo en grande to have a great time

♦ nm

1. [noble] grandee

Comp
Grande de España = one of highest-ranking members of Spanish nobility
2. [persona, entidad importante]
uno de los grandes del sector one of the major players in the sector;

los tres grandes de la liga the big three in the league;

uno de los grandes de la literatura mexicana one of the big names in Mexican literature

3. Fam
grandes [adultos] grown-ups

♦ nf
RP [en lotería] first prize, jackpot;
sacarse la grande [en lotería] to win first prize o the jackpot;

se sacó la grande con ese trabajo [tuvo buena suerte] she hit the jackpot with that job;

con esa nuera que tiene le tocó la grande [tuvo mala suerte] you've got to feel sorry for her having a daughter-in-law like that

♦ interj
RP Fam [fantástico] great!
* * *

grande

I adj

1 big, large;

el vestido me está o

me viene grande the jacket is too big for me;

el cargo le viene grande the job is too much for him

2

:

a lo grande in style;

pasarlo en grande have a great time

II m/f

1 L.Am. ( adulto) grown-up, adult;

grandes y pequeños young and old

2 ( mayor) eldest

* * *

grande adj, ( gran before singular nouns)

1) : large, big

un libro grande: a big book

2) alto: tall

3) notable: great

un gran autor: a great writer

4) (indicating intensity) : great

con gran placer: with great pleasure

5) : old, grown-up

hijos grandes: grown children

* * *

grande adj

1. (tamaño) big [comp. bigger; superl. biggest]

¿es muy grande el jardín? is the garden very big?

se mudaron a un piso más grande they moved to a bigger flat

2. (número, cantidad) large

una gran cantidad de dinero a large sum of money

3. (importante) great

un gran arquitecto a great architect

hoy es un gran día today is a great day

a lo grande in style

pasarlo en grande to have a great time

grandes almacenes department store

Spanish-English dictionary > grande
20 ÞING

n.

1) assembly, meeting;

esp. for purposes of legislation, a parliament;

slíta þingi, segja þing laust, to dissolve a meeting;

2) parish;

3) district, county, shire;

vera í þingi goða, to be in the district of such and such a goði, to be his liegeman, in his jurisdiction;

4) interview, of lovers;

vera í þingum við konu, to have a love intrigue with a woman (þat var talat, at Þorbjórn væri í þingum við Þórdísi);

5) in pl. things articles, valuables (síðan tók hón þing sín, en Þorsteinn tók hornin).

* * *

n. [no Goth. þigg is recorded; A. S. and Hel. þing; Engl. thing; O. H. G., Germ., and Dutch ding; Dan.-Swed. ting.]

A. A thing, Lat. res. In the Icel. this sense of the word is almost unknown, although in full use in mod. Dan.-Swed. ting, where it may come from a later Germ. influence.

II. in plur. articles, objects, things, esp. with the notion of costly articles: þeir rannsaka allan hans reiðing ok allan hans klæðnað ok þing, articles, Sturl. iii. 295; þau þing (articles, inventories) er hann keypti kirkjunni innan sik, Vm. 20; þessi þing gaf Herra Vilkin kirkjunni í Klofa,—messu-klæði, kaleik, etc., 26.

2. valuables, jewels (esp. of a married lady), the law often speaks of the ‘þing’ and the ‘heimanfylgja;’ ef maðr fær konu at lands-lögum réttum … þá skulu lúkask henni þing sín ok heimanfylgja, Gþl. 231; hann hafði ór undir-heimum þau þing at eigi munu slík í Noregi, Fms. iii. 178; siðan tók hón þing sín, 195; eptir samkvámu ( marriage) þeirra þá veitti Sveinn konungr áhald þingum þeim er ját vóru ok skilat með systur hans, x. 394; maðr skal skilja þing með frændkonu sinni ok svá heiman-fylgju, N. G. L. ii; skal Ólafr lúka Geirlaugu þing sín, svá mikil sem hón fær löglig vitni til, D. N. i. 108; þinga-veð, a security for a lady’s paraphernalia, D. N. passim.

B. As a law phrase [see Þingvöllr]:

I. an assembly, meeting, a general term for any public meeting, esp. for purposes of legislation, a parliament, including courts of law; in this sense þing is a standard word throughout all Scandinavian countries (cp. the Tyn-wald, or meeting-place of the Manx parliament): technical phrases, blása til þings, kveðja þings, stefna þing, setja þing, kenna þing (N. G. L. i. 63); helga þing, heyja þing, eiga þing; slíta þingi, segja þing laust, to dissolve a meeting, see the verbs: so also a þing ‘er fast’ when sitting, ‘er laust’ when dissolved (fastr I. γ, lauss II. 7); Dróttins-dag hinn fyrra í þingi, ríða af þingi, ríða á þing, til þings, vera um nótt af þingi, öndvert þing, ofanvert þing, Grág. i. 24, 25; nú eru þar þing ( parliaments) tvau á einum þingvelli, ok skulu þeir þá fara um þau þing bæði (in local sense), 127; um várit tóku bændr af þingit ok vildu eigi hafa, Vápn. 22; hann hafði tekit af Vöðla-þing, skyldi þar eigi sóknar-þing heita, Sturl. i. 141: in countless instances in the Sagas and the Grág., esp. the Nj. passim, Íb. ch. 7, Gísl. 54–57, Glúm. ch. 24, 27, Eb. ch. 9, 10, 56, Lv. ch. 4, 15–17: other kinds of assemblies in Icel. were Leiðar-þing, also called Þriðja-þing, Grág. i. 148; or Leið, q. v.; hreppstjórnar-þing (see p. 284); manntals-þing; in Norway, bygða-þing, D. N. ii. 330; hús-þing, vápna-þing, refsi-þing, v. sub vocc.:—eccl. a council, H. E. i. 457, Ann. 1274; þing í Nicea, 415. 14.

2. a parish (opp. to a benefice); in Iceland this word is still used of those parishes whose priest does not reside by the church, no manse being appointed as his fixed residence; such a parish is called þing or þinga-brauð (and he is called þinga-prestr, q. v.), as opp. to a ‘beneficium,’ Grág. i. 471, K. Þ. K. 30, 70, K. Á. passim; bóndi er skyldr at ala presti hest til allra nauðsynja í þingin, Vm. 73; tíundir af hverjum bónda í þingunum, 96, Bs. i. 330, H. E. ii. 48, 85, 128.

3. an interview, of lovers, H. E. i. 244; þat var talat at Þorbjörn væri í þingum við Þórdísi, Gísl. 5; nær þú á þingi mant nenna Njarðar syni, Skm. 38; man-þing, laun-þing.

II. loc. a district, county, shire, a þing-community, like lög (sec p. 369, col. 2, B. II); a ‘þing’ was the political division of a country; hence the law phrase, vera í þingi með goða, to be in the district of such and such a godi, to be his liegeman, cp. þingfesti; or, segjask or þingi, see the Grág., Nj., and Sagas, passim; full goðorð ok forn þing, Grág. i. 15; í því þingi eðr um þau þing, 85. In later times Icel. was politically divided into twelve or thirteen counties. In old days every community or ‘law’ had its own assembly or parliament, whence the double sense of ‘lög’ as well as of ‘þing.’

C. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—In Norway the later political division and constitution of the country dates from king Hacon the Good and his counsellors Thorleif the Wise and earl Sigurd. As king Harold Fairhair was the conqueror of Norway, so was his son Hacon her legislator as also the founder of her constitution, and of her political division into ‘þings;’ for this is the true meaning of the classical passage,—hann (king Hacon) lasgði mikinn hug á laga-setning í Noregi, hann setti Gulaþings-lög ok Frostaþings-lög, ok Heiðsævis-lög fyrst at upphafi, en áðr höfðu sér hverir fylkis-menn lög, Ó. H. 9; in Hkr. l. c. the passage runs thus—hann setti Gulaþings-lög með ráði Þorleifs spaka, ok hann setti Frostaþings-lög með ráði Sigurðar jarls ok annara Þrænda þeirra er vitrastir vóru, en Heiðsævis-lög hafði sett Hálfdan svarti, sem fyrr er ritað, Hkr. 349 new Ed.; the account in Eg. ch. 57, therefore, although no doubt true in substance, is, as is so often the case in the Sagas, an anachronism; for in the reign of Eric ‘Bloodaxe,’ there were only isolated fylkis-þing, and no Gula-þing. In later times St. Olave added a fourth þing, Borgar-þing, to the three old ones of king Hacon (those of Gula, Frosta, and Heiðsævi); and as he became a saint, he got the name of legislator in the popular tradition, the credit of it was taken from Hacon, the right man; yet Sighvat the poet speaks, in his Bersöglis-vísur, of the laws of king Hacon the foster-son of Athelstan. Distinction is therefore to be made between the ancient ‘county’ þing and the later ‘united’ þing, called lög-þing (Maurer’s ‘ding-bund’); also almennilegt þing or almanna-þing, D. N. ii. 265, iii. 277; fjórðunga þing, ii. 282; alþingi, alls-herjar-þing. The former in Norway was called fylkis-þing, or county þing; in Icel. vár-þing, héraðs-þing, fjórðungs-þing (cp. A. S. scîrgemot, a shiremote). Many of the old pre-Haconian fylkis-þing or shiremotes seem to have continued long afterwards, at least in name, although their importance was much reduced; such we believe were the Hauga-þing (the old fylkis-þing of the county Westfold), Fms. viii. 245, Fb. ii. 446, iii. 24; as also Þróndarness-þing, Arnarheims-þing, Kefleyjar-þing, Mork. 179.

II. in Iceland the united þing or parliament was called Al-þingi; for its connection with the legislation of king Hacon, see Íb. ch. 2–5 (the chronology seems to be confused): again, the earlier Icel. spring þings (vár-þing), also called héraðs-þing ( county þing) or fjórðunga-þing ( quarter þing), answer to the Norse fylkis-þing; such were the Þórness-þing, Eb., Landn., Gísl., Sturl.; Kjalarness-þing, Landn. (App.); Þverár-þing, Íb.; also called Þingness-þing, Sturl. ii. 94; Húnavatns-þing, Vd.; Vöðla-þing, Lv., Band.; Skaptafells-þing, Nj.; Árness-þing, Flóam. S.; þingskála-þing, Nj.; Hegraness-þing, Glúm., Lv., Grett.; Múla-þing (two of that name), Jb. (begin.), cp. Grág. i. 127; Þorskafjarðar-þing, Gísl., Landn.; Þingeyjar-þing, Jb.; further, Krakalækjar-þing, Dropl. (vellum, see Ny Fél. xxi. 125); Sunnudals-þing, Vápn.; þing við Vallna-laug, Lv.; þing í Straumfirði, Eb.; Hvalseyrar-þing, Gísl.; or þing í Dýrafirði, Sturl.; Fjósatungu-þing, Lv.

III. in Sweden the chief þings named were Uppsala-þing, Ó. H.; and Mora-þing (wrongly called Múla-þing, Ó. H. l. c., in all the numerous vellum MSS. of this Saga; the Icelandic chronicler or the transcriber probably had in mind the Icel. þing of that name).

IV. in Denmark, Vebjarga-þing, Knytl. S.; Íseyrar-þing, Jómsv. S.

V. in the Faroe Islands, the þing in Þórshöfn, Fær.: in Greenland, the þing in Garðar, Fbr.

VI. freq. in Icel. local names, Þing-völlr, Þing-vellir (plur.) = Tingwall, in Shetland; Þing-nes, Þing-eyrar, Þing-ey, Þing-eyri (sing.); Þing-múli, Þing-skálar, etc., Landn., map of Icel.; Þing-holt (near Reykjavik).

D. COMPDS: þingsafglöpun, þingsboð, þingabrauð, þingadeild, þingadómr, þingakvöð, þingaprestr, þingasaga, þingatollr, þingaþáttr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞING

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

General maximum — or The Law of the Maximum was a law created during the course of the French Revolution as an extension of the Law of Suspects on 29 September 1793. It succeeded the 4 May 1793 loi du maximum which had the same purpose: setting price limits,… … Wikipedia
law, sociology of — Law rules of action or statutes established by authorities such as states was a central object of theoretical and substantive concern to each of the founding figures of sociology. Although Karl Marx did not write a systematic treatise on law, he… … Dictionary of sociology
Law enforcement in Bolivia — Bolivian National Police Corps Cuerpo de Policía Nacional Abbreviation CdPN Agency overview Formed 1886 Employees 31,000 Legal personality … Wikipedia
Law of Canada — The Canadian legal system has its foundation in the British common law system, inherited from being a former colony of the United Kingdom and later a member of the Commonwealth of Nations. Quebec, however, still retains a civil system for issues… … Wikipedia
Historical powers — include great powers, nations, or empires in history. The term Great power represent the most important world powers. In a modern context, recognised great powers came about first in Europe during the post Napoleonic era.[1] The formalization of… … Wikipedia
General Councils — General Councils † Catholic Encyclopedia ► General Councils This subject will be treated under the following heads: ♦ Definition ♦ Classification ♦ Historical Sketch ♦ The Pope and General Councils ♦ Composition of … Catholic encyclopedia
Historical Criticism — • The art of distinguishing the true from the false concerning facts of the past Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Historical Criticism Historical Criticism … Catholic encyclopedia
Historical revision of the Inquisition — is a historiographical project that has emerged in recent years. In the last forty years, with opening of formerly closed archives, the development of new historical methodologies, and, in Spain, the death of Francisco Franco in 1975, new works… … Wikipedia
Historical comparative research — is the study of past events and questions using methods in sociology and other social scientific research to inform the possible outcomes and answers to current events and questions. [cite web|url=http://uk.geocities.com/balihar… … Wikipedia
Law enforcement in the United Kingdom — Crime in the UK · Terrorism in the UK Topics … Wikipedia
Law report — Law reports or reporters are series of books which contain judicial opinions from a selection of cases that have been decided by the courts. When a particular judicial opinion is referenced, the law report series in which the opinion is printed… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

general+historical+law

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

general+historical+law

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: